Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / F.N.B.

F.N.B.

fnb · NYSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker fnb
Exchange NYSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · F.N.B.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT 2009

Your Way Forward NewBridge Bancorp

OUR VISION  
To be a high-performing community bank by:

• understanding and exceeding client expectations
• supporting our communities
• providing above average shareholder returns
• living our Guiding Principles in all that we do

OUR MISSION
To be the preferred financial partner for small and midsize businesses and retail clients by:

• using a client-centric, consultative approach
• growing in markets providing above average results
• offering credit consistently while balancing risks and returns
• supporting our clients and employees
• employing professionals that live our Guiding Principles and are committed to being the best

OUR GUIDING PRINCIPLES

• Always do your best
• Do what is right
• Treat others as you want to be treated
• Financial success begins with integrity

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 
This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform 
Act of 1995. These statements represent expectations and beliefs of the Company, including but not limited to 
the Company’s operations, performance, financial condition, growth or strategies.   These forward-looking 
statements are identified by words such as “expects”, “anticipates”, “should”, “estimates”, “believes” and 
variations of these words and other similar statements. For this purpose, any statements contained in this report 
that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements. Readers should not 
place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a number of important factors could cause actual results 
to  differ  materially  from  those  in  the  forward-looking  statements. These  forward-looking  statements  involve 
estimates, assumptions, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from current 
projections depending on a variety of important factors, some of which are described in the sections entitled 
“Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors,” beginning on pages 3 and 
13 respectively of the attached Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company undertakes no obligation to update 
any forward-looking statement, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time, by or on behalf of 
the Company. 

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dear Shareholder:

The NewBridge Bancorp team is diligently working to improve operations and financial
results  during  this  very  difficult  time  for  financial  institutions.  It  is  our  belief  that  your 
Company is successfully navigating through the extraordinarily challenging banking envi-
ronment that has persisted for the past two years. While business conditions are likely 
to remain unsettled for the foreseeable future, we are heartened by a number of positive 
indicators that provide evidence that the worst may be behind us.  Perhaps the most telling 
evidence of our progress is the profit reported in the fourth quarter of 2009. 

The Overall Economy Appears to be Stabilizing 

Last year, I described the dire economic conditions that put our national economy on the 
brink of financial ruin. Looking back over the past year, the heavy toll these excesses have 
taken is evident.  Among them, 140 banks in the U.S. failed in 2009, more than in the previ-
ous 15 years combined. While the toll has been high, and more banks will fail in 2010, it is 
encouraging that economic conditions now appear to be improving. 

Unemployment, which affects loan demand and also impacts borrowers’ ability to repay, 
improved  in  early  2010. Temporary  employment  has  increased  in  each  of  the  past  five 
months, another positive sign. Overall economic activity has improved, as evidenced by 
the strong fourth quarter GDP.  Further, many economic analysts expect modest growth 
in 2010, particularly if the Federal Reserve remains fairly accommodative, which is likely in 
order to preserve the still fragile recovery.  Just as important, the banking industry (and the 
nation as a whole) has learned a valuable lesson from this historic recession — there are 
severe consequences to excessive risk taking.  While business conditions are still quite dif-
ficult, the momentum in the economy has begun to improve, and the culling out of poorly 
managed financial institutions has left the industry stronger, as well as wiser. 

Our Key Earnings Drivers are Steadily Improving 

Given the economic turmoil, it should come as no surprise that the Company reported a 
loss in 2009. Our net loss available to common shareholders was $18.1 million, or $1.15 
per  diluted  share,  versus  a  loss  available  to  common  shareholders  of  $57.1  million,  or 
$3.64 per common share, for 2008. Included in the 2008 results was a non-cash, after-
tax charge of approximately $50.4 million for the impairment of goodwill. Excluding that 
charge, the 2008 net loss available to common shareholders was $6.7 million, or $0.42 per 
diluted share. 

It is important to note that many of our underlying trends are improving, much like what 
has  occurred  in  the  economy.  For  example,  the  fourth  quarter  was  our  first  profitable 
quarter since mid-2008.  These positive earnings were achieved despite a significant

provision for credit losses of $5.6 million. Our operating trends actually became favorable 
in mid-2009, with pretax income before nonrecurring items increasing on a linked quarter 
basis in both the third and fourth quarters.  Much of that operating improvement came 
from higher net interest income, which benefitted from a dramatic reduction in our cost 
of  funds,  as  well  as  successful  expense  containment  efforts. The  progress  in  these  two 
areas – net interest income and noninterest expense – provides a solid underpinning for 
improved earnings momentum as we look ahead, especially with the anticipated return of 
our provision for credit losses to a more normalized level.  A more detailed discussion 
of our financial results can be found on pages 29 - 49 of the Company’s Annual Report 
on Form 10-K under the section titled Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations.

Defining Our Strategy and Operating Plan

Despite  the  environmental  changes,  what  constitutes  sound  banking  practices  has  not 
changed.  We have therefore honed our operating plan to focus the entire organization on 
several key value drivers: 1) improving asset quality; 2) managing our net interest margin; 
3) increasing noninterest income; 4) implementing a disciplined cost management culture, 
and 5) positioning the Company to fulfill its vision and mission.  Meaningful progress is be-
ing made in each of these areas.

Minimizing Future Credit Losses

Improving asset quality and reducing our future credit related costs are among our top 
priorities.  We have made the early recognition of credit losses and the aggressive manage-
ment of problem credits our rule.  Although nonperforming assets did increase at the end 
of 2009 to $85.6 million, or 4.40% of assets, from the year-ago level of $48.6 million, or 
2.34% of assets, total nonperforming loans were down from their peak in June 2009, and 
our 30 to 89 day past due loans declined more than 19% during the last quarter of 2009. 
While total nonperforming assets may still increase somewhat, we believe our early recog-
nition of credit losses has led to more conservative valuations and increased the potential 
for future recoveries. Moreover, we have maintained our reserve position.  At year-end 
2009, the allowance for credit losses was $35.8 million, or 2.45% of outstanding loans, as 
compared to $35.8 million, or 2.23% of outstanding loans, at the end of 2008.   

Increasing Our Net Interest Margin

With the assistance of some of the industry’s leading consultants, our interest rate man-
agement tools have been enhanced.  We are focused on actively managing our earning as-
sets and interest bearing liabilities.  On the asset side, a more consistent pricing discipline 
for loans has been instituted and the relative yields and balances on all earning assets are 
monitored closely. From a retail funding standpoint, our focus is on building core deposit 
accounts and reducing our dependence on less stable, higher cost CDs.  The cumulative 
effect of these efforts allowed us to increase our net interest margin throughout 2009 and 
better positions us to maintain that margin going forward.  

Expanding Other Revenue Sources

Noninterest income for many banks will be under pressure in 2010, in part due to regula-
tory changes regarding fees on certain deposit related services.  Our strategies to combat 
those effects include building the number of client relationships and considering strategic 
acquisitions.  In the Piedmont Triad Region of North Carolina, where all but five of the 
Bank’s branches are located, the vast majority of deposits are controlled by large national 
and regional banks.  While we are the largest community bank in this market, our market 
share is still relatively small, and an excellent opportunity exists to increase fee income 
simply through growing our account base. 

Additionally, our asset acquisition of Bradford Mortgage Company, completed at the end 
of 2009, will allow for excellent cross selling opportunities, add diversity to our revenue 
base and provide a sizable recurring income source.

Containing Costs to Create Positive Operating Leverage

By lowering many “fixed” costs, the Company is better positioned for improved earnings 
momentum.  Many of these cost containment opportunities relate to our branch network.  
For example, in October, we announced our decision to invest $5 million in new, strategi-
cally located, offices in Lexington, Thomasville, Greensboro and Forsyth County, N.C.  This 
restructuring will allow us to close seven existing offices.  However, we believe there are 
opportunities for continued cost reduction at virtually every level of the organization. For 
that reason, a line item accountable budget process has been implemented that is specific 
to each of our employees. Our progress in lowering expenses has been gratifying.  Nonin-
terest expense in the fourth quarter of 2009 was the lowest it has been since the merger 
of equals was finalized in mid-2007.  Noninterest expense for last year, excluding FDIC in-
surance expenses and nonrecurring charges, actually declined $8.9 million relative to 2008.

Positioning the Franchise for Future Success

Our ultimate success as a community bank will hinge on prudently managing our risks 
and maintaining a solid capital position.  We have tempered our exposure by reducing our 
concentration in higher risk assets, such as construction and development loans, boost-
ing investment securities and reducing our borrowings and total liabilities.  At the same 
time, we have maintained a strong capital position by controlling our balance sheet growth 
and returning to profitability.  All of our capital ratios comfortably exceed the regulatory 
minimums necessary to qualify for the “well capitalized” designation.  As of December 31, 
2009,  the  Company’s  risk  based  capital  ratio  was  12.27%  (the  regulatory  minimum  for 
“well capitalized” institutions is 10%).

  
Outlook is Improving

There are many reasons to be encouraged. The banking industry is now operating in a 
more rational pricing environment. The excesses that propelled speculation have largely 
been wrung out of the system, and the surviving financial institutions, like NewBridge Bank, 
are in a unique position to absorb clients and key professionals displaced from failed or 
weakened institutions. Our liquidity is strong.  Our exposure to risk has been curtailed in 
many areas.  There are encouraging signs in our loan delinquencies. 

The stock market has not been oblivious to our improving fundamentals.  In March, our 
stock traded at over $4.00 per share, reaching the highest it has been in the past eighteen 
months. While  we  are  obviously  not  making  any  predictions  with  respect  to  the  stock 
price, it is heartening that the market appears to be slowly recognizing the value of our 
franchise and the progress we have made in restoring your Company to profitability. 

The recession is not over but we are successfully moving through it. My hope is that next 
year we will be simply remembering these difficult conditions, and not still living in them. 
Thank you for your loyal support through these challenging times. 

Very truly yours,

Pressley A. Ridgill
President and Chief Executive Officer

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549  

FORM 10-K 

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934  

For the fiscal year ended: December 31, 2009                               Commission File Number: 000-11448  

NEWBRIDGE BANCORP 

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)  

North Carolina 
(State of Incorporation) 

56-1348147 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

1501 Highwoods Blvd., Suite 400 
Greensboro, North Carolina 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

27410 
(Zip Code) 

(336) 369-0900  
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)  

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:  

Title of each class 

Name of each exchange 
on which registered 

Common Stock, par value $5.00 per share 

Nasdaq Global Select Market 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes (cid:31) No ⌧  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange 
Act. Yes (cid:31) No ⌧  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such 
reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ⌧ No (cid:31)  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will 
not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  the  Registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by 
reference to Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ⌧ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller 
reporting company.  See the definition of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in 
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One)  

Large accelerated filer (cid:31)  

Accelerated filer (cid:31) 

Non-accelerated filer (cid:31) Smaller reporting company ⌧ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes (cid:31) No ⌧ 

The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  Registrant’s  voting  and  nonvoting  common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  Registrant, 
based  on  the  average  bid  and  asked  price  of  such  common  equity  on  the  last  business  day  of  the  Registrant’s  most  recently 
completed second fiscal quarter, was approximately $31.2 million. As of March 10, 2010 (the most recent practicable date), the 
Registrant had 15,655,868 shares of Common Stock outstanding. 

Documents  incorporated  by  reference  –  Portions  of  the  Proxy  Statement  for  the  2010  Annual  Meeting  of  Shareholders  of 
NewBridge Bancorp (the “Proxy Statement”) are incorporated by reference into Part III hereof. 

The Exhibit Index begins on page 88. 

 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
NewBridge Bancorp 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009  
Table of Contents 

Index 

PART I 

Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 

  BUSINESS …………………………………………………………………… 
  RISK FACTORS………………………………………………………………. 
  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS……………………………………………. 
  PROPERTIES ………………………………………………………………… 
  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS……………………………………………………… 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 

  Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 

Item 9A. 
Item 9B. 

PART III 

Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 

Item 13. 

Item 14. 

PART IV 

Item 15. 

  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER   
     MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES…………… 
  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA …………………………………………….. 
  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS  

     OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS …………… 
  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK … 
  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA …………………… 
  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS  

     ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE ………………………. 
  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES ……………………………………………… 
  OTHER INFORMATION……………………………………………………… 

  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE…… 
  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION ……………………………………………… 
  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND 

MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS…………………. 

  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE…………………………………………………………… 
  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES….………………………… 

  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES……………………….  
  SIGNATURES ………………………………………………………………… 

Page

4
13
22
23
24

25
28

29
49
54

85
85
85

86
86
86

86

86

87
92

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  forward-looking  statements  within  the  meaning  of  the  Private 
Securities  Litigation  Reform  Act  of  1995.    These  statements  represent  expectations  and  beliefs  of  NewBridge 
Bancorp  (hereinafter  referred  to  as  “Bancorp”  or  the  “Company”)  including  but  not  limited  to  Bancorp’s 
operations,  performance,  financial  condition,  growth  or  strategies.    These  forward-looking  statements  are 
identified  by  words  such  as  “expects”,  “anticipates”,  “should”,  “estimates”,  “believes”  and  variations  of  these 
words and other similar statements.  For this purpose, any statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 
10-K that are not statements of historical fact may be deemed to be forward-looking statements.  Readers should 
not  place  undue  reliance  on  forward-looking  statements  as  a  number  of  important  factors  could  cause  actual 
results  to  differ  materially  from  those  in  the  forward-looking  statements.    These  forward-looking  statements 
involve estimates, assumptions, risks and uncertainties that could cause actual  results to differ  materially from 
current projections depending on a variety of important factors, including without limitation:   

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

revenues are lower than expected; 

credit quality deterioration which could cause an increase in the provision for credit 
losses; 

competitive pressure among depository institutions increases significantly; 

changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits; 

our ability to successfully integrate acquired entities or to achieve expected synergies 
and operating efficiencies within expected time-frames or at all; 

technological changes and security and operations risks associated with the use of 
technology; 

the cost of additional capital is more than expected; 

a change in the interest rate environment reduces interest margins; 

asset/liability repricing risks, ineffective hedging and liquidity risks; 

counterparty risk; 

general economic conditions, particularly those affecting real estate values, either 
nationally or in the market area in which we do or anticipate doing business, are less 
favorable than expected; 

the effects of the FDIC deposit insurance premiums and assessments; 

the effects of and changes in monetary and fiscal policies and laws, including the 
interest rate policies of the Federal Reserve Board; 

volatility in the credit or equity markets and its effect on the general economy; 

demand for the products or services of the Company and the Bank, as well as their 
ability to attract and retain qualified people; 

the costs and effects of legal, accounting and regulatory developments and compliance; 
and 

regulatory approvals for acquisitions cannot be obtained on the terms expected or on the 
anticipated schedule. 

Bancorp cautions that the foregoing list of important factors is not exhaustive.  See also “Risk Factors” which 
begins on page 13.  Bancorp undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether written 
or oral, that may be made from time to time, by or on behalf of Bancorp. 

 3 

 
 
  
 
 
 
Item 1.  

BUSINESS 

General 

PART I 

Bancorp  is  a  bank  holding  company  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  State  of  North  Carolina  (“NC”)  and 
registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”).  Bancorp’s principal asset 
is stock of its banking subsidiary, NewBridge Bank (the “Bank”).  Accordingly, throughout this Annual Report 
on  Form  10-K,  there  are  frequent  references  to  the  Bank.    The  principal  executive  offices  of  Bancorp  and  the 
Bank are located at 1501 Highwoods Boulevard, Suite 400, Greensboro, NC 27410.  The telephone number is 
(336)  369-0900  and  its  website  is  www.newbridgebank.com.    The  Bank  maintains  operations  facilities  in 
Lexington and Reidsville, NC. 

Bancorp is the successor entity to LSB Bancshares, Inc., which was incorporated on December 8, 1982 (“LSB”).  
On July 31, 2007, FNB Financial Services Corporation (“FNB”), a bank holding company, also incorporated in 
NC and registered under the BHCA, merged with and into LSB in a merger of equals (the “Merger”).  LSB’s 
name was then changed to “NewBridge Bancorp”. 

The  Bank,  a  NC  chartered  non-member  bank,  is  the  successor  entity  to  Lexington  State  Bank  (“LSB  Bank”), 
which  was  incorporated  on  July  5,  1949.    As  a  result  of  the  Merger,  Bancorp  acquired  FNB  Southeast,  a  NC 
chartered bank, the sole banking subsidiary of FNB.  On November 12, 2007, FNB Southeast merged with and 
into LSB Bank (the “Bank Merger”) and the surviving bank changed its name to “NewBridge Bank”. 

Business of Bank and Other Subsidiaries 

Through  its  branch  network,  the  Bank  provides  a  wide  range  of  banking  products  to  individuals,  small  to 
medium-sized businesses and retail clients in its market areas, including interest bearing and noninterest bearing 
demand deposit accounts, certificates of deposits, individual retirement accounts, overdraft protection, personal 
and corporate trust services, safe deposit boxes, online banking, corporate cash management, brokerage, financial 
planning and asset management, mortgage production and secured and unsecured loans.  On December 31, 2009, 
the Bank expanded its mortgage production business through its acquisition of the assets of Bradford Mortgage 
Company, an established community mortgage company operating principally in the Piedmont Triad Region of 
NC. 

As of December 31, 2009, the Bank operated four active non-bank subsidiaries:  Peoples Finance Company of 
Lexington, Inc. (“Peoples Finance”), LSB Properties, Inc. (“LSB Properties”), Henry Properties, LLC (“Henry 
Properties”) and Prince George Court Holdings, Inc. (“Prince George”).  Peoples Finance, a NC licensed finance 
company, with approximately $2.8 million of loans outstanding as of December 31, 2009, is no longer actively 
soliciting loans.  LSB Properties, Henry Properties and Prince George together own the real estate acquired in 
settlement of loans of the Bank. 

Bancorp  has  one  non-bank  subsidiary,  FNB  Financial  Services  Capital  Trust  I  (“FNB  Trust”),  a  Delaware 
statutory trust, formed to facilitate the issuance of trust preferred securities.  Prior to the Merger, FNB Trust was 
a subsidiary of FNB.  FNB Trust is not consolidated in Bancorp’s financial statements. 

As  part  of  its  operations,  Bancorp  regularly  holds  discussions  and  evaluates  the  potential  acquisition  of,  or 
merger  with,  various  financial  institutions  and  other businesses.  Bancorp  also  regularly  considers  the  potential 
disposition of certain assets, branches, subsidiaries, or lines of business. As a general rule, Bancorp only publicly 
announces any material acquisitions or dispositions once a definitive agreement has been reached.  

Bancorp operates one reportable segment, the Bank.  Reference is made to Item 8 – “Financial Statements and 
Supplementary Data”.  Management believes that Bancorp is not dependent upon any single customer, or a few 
customers, the loss of any one or more of which would have a material adverse effect on Bancorp’s operations. 

 4 

 
 
 
 
Market Areas 
The  Bank’s  primary  market  area  is  the  Piedmont  Triad  Region  of  NC.    On  December  31,  2009,  the  Bank 
operated 38 branch offices and two loan production offices in its three markets: the Piedmont Triad Region and 
Coastal  Region  of  NC  and  the  Shenandoah  Valley  Region  of  Virginia  (“VA”).    The  following  table  lists  the 
Bank’s branch offices, categorized by region and city. 

Piedmont Triad Region: 
Greensboro (five offices) 
Lexington (five offices) (1) 
Reidsville (three offices) (1) 
Winston-Salem (three offices) (1) 
Thomasville (two offices) 
Archdale 
Clemmons  
Danbury  
Eden 
High Point 
Jamestown 
Kernersville 
King 

Piedmont Triad Region (continued): 
Madison 
Midway 
Rural Hall (1)   
Tyro 
Walkertown 
Wallburg  
Welcome 

Coastal Region:  
Wilmington (two offices)     
Burgaw 

Shenandoah Valley Region: 
Harrisonburg (two offices) (2)   

(1)  During the first quarter of 2010, the Bank closed two branches in Lexington and one branch each in Winston-Salem, Reidsville and 
Rural Hall, as part of a plan to restructure operations in the Piedmont Triad Region. 
(2)  On January 27, 2010, the Bank  announced that it will close one of its branches in Harrisonburg, VA during the second quarter of 
2010. 

As of December 31, 2009, the Bank operated 33 branches and two loan production offices in the Piedmont Triad 
region  of  North  Carolina.    The  Piedmont  Triad  region  is  a  12  county  area,  located  in  the  rapidly  growing 
interstate  corridor  between  Charlotte,  NC  and  the  Research  Triangle  Park,  and  has  a  combined  population  of 
approximately 1.6 million people. The Piedmont Triad Region includes the cities of Greensboro, Winston-Salem 
and High Point, respectively the third, fourth and eighth largest cities in NC. 

The Piedmont Triad Region economy, traditionally centered on the textile, furniture and tobacco industries, has 
transitioned  to  a  more  service-oriented  economy;  successfully  diversifying  into  areas  related  to  transportation, 
logistics, health care, education and technology. Benefiting the Piedmont Triad Region’s economy are decisions 
by  FedEx  to  locate  a  national  hub  at  Piedmont  Triad  International  Airport  (“PTIA”),  and  by  Honda  Aircraft 
Company to locate its world headquarters at PTIA. 

In addition to its strategic proximity to key markets, the Piedmont Triad Region has a well defined transportation 
infrastructure, providing access to both global and national markets.  Interstates I-40, I-85 and I-77 provide both 
North-South and East-West routes.  In addition, local manufacturers and distribution hubs will have direct access 
to  both  Midwest  markets  and  additional  Southeast  ports  when  Interstates  I-73  and  I-74,  which  will  bisect  the 
Piedmont Triad Region, are completed.  Moreover, extensive rail services are offered by major carriers, Norfolk 
Southern, CSX and Amtrak as well as a number of short-line railroads.   

The  Piedmont  Triad  Region  is  home  to  numerous  institutions  of  higher  education,  including  Wake  Forest 
University,  Wake  Forest  University  Medical  Center,  North  Carolina  School  of  the  Arts,  Salem  College  and 
Winston-Salem  State  University  (Winston-Salem),  High  Point  University  (High  Point),  two  members  of  the 
University of North Carolina system located in Greensboro; the University of North Carolina at Greensboro and 
North Carolina A&T State University, and Elon University (Elon). The Piedmont Triad Region is also home to 
several well respected private institutions, as well as many community colleges and technical schools.  All are 
recognized  for  academic  excellence  and  enhance  the  Piedmont  Triad  Region’s  business  development  efforts, 
particularly in the field of biotechnology. 

 5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
As of June 30, 2009, the Bank was the largest community bank in the Piedmont Triad Region, based on deposit 
market share. 

As  of  December  31,  2009,  the  Bank  operated  three  branches  in  the  Coastal  Region,  which  includes  Pender 
County  and  New  Hanover  County,  located  on  the  Southeast  coast  of  NC.  Wilmington  is  the  county  seat  and 
industrial center of New Hanover County.  A historic seaport and a popular tourism destination, Wilmington has 
diversified and developed into a major resort area, a busy sea port (one of NC’s two deep water ports), a light 
manufacturing center, a chemical manufacturing center and the distribution hub of southeastern NC. During the 
past 20 years, the Wilmington area has experienced extensive industrial development and growth in the service 
and  trade  sectors.  Industries  in  the  Wilmington  region  produce  fiber  optic  cables  for  the  communications 
industry;  aircraft  engine  parts;  pharmaceuticals;  nuclear  fuel  components;  and  various  textile  products.  The 
motion picture industry has a significant presence in the Wilmington area.  Wilmington also serves as a regional 
retail center, a regional medical center and the home of the University of North Carolina at Wilmington.   

The total population of New Hanover County is approximately 190,000.  The County is served by Interstate 40 
and U.S. Highways 17 and 74, major rail connections and national and regional airlines through facilities at the 
New Hanover International Airport, located near Wilmington.   

As  of  December  31,  2009,  the  Bank  operated  two  branches  and  one  loan  production  office  in  its  Shenandoah 
Valley  Region,  serving  the  counties  of  Rockingham  and  Augusta,  VA.    Harrisonburg  is  the  county  seat  of 
Rockingham  County,  centrally  located  in  the  Shenandoah  Valley  in  west  central  VA.  With  a  population  of 
approximately  40,000,  Harrisonburg  is  an  important  educational,  industrial,  retail,  tourism,  commercial, 
agricultural  and  governmental  center,  and  is  home  to  five  colleges  and  universities,  including  James  Madison 
University.  Interstate 81, several primary U.S. highways, the Shenandoah Valley Regional Airport and a major 
rail connection serve the area.   

The following table reflects the Bank’s deposits and branch locations by region at December 31, 2009, and the 
Bank’s rank, by deposit market share as of June 30, 2009 (deposits in thousands): 

Deposit Market Share and Branch Locations 

December 31, 2009 

Region 
Piedmont Triad 
Coastal 
Shenandoah Valley 

Deposits 
$  1,320,357 
   109,941 
69,012 

Number of 
Branches 
33 
3 
2 

Deposit Market 
Share Rank (1) 
1 
3 
4 

(1)  As of June 30, 2009.  Rank for community financial institutions; excludes banks greater than $10 billion in assets. 

Deposits 

The Bank offers a variety of deposit products to small and medium-sized businesses and retail clients at interest 
rates  generally  competitive  with  local  market  conditions.    The  table  below  sets  forth  the  mix  of  depository 
accounts at the Bank as a percentage of total deposits of the Bank at the dates indicated. 

2009 

As of December 31, 
2008 

2007 

Noninterest-bearing demand…………... 
Savings, NOW, MMI…………………... 
Certificates of deposit………………….. 

10.4%
            44.6   
            45.0 

100.0%

9.0%  

          36.9    
          54.1 

10.8%
         39.2   
         50.0 

100.0%  

100.0%

 6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Bank  accepts  deposits  at  its  banking  offices,  all  of  which  have  automated  teller  machines  (“ATMs”).  Its 
memberships  in  multiple  ATM  networks  allow  customers  access  to  their  depository  accounts  from  ATM 
facilities  throughout  the  United  States.  Competitive  fees  are  charged  for  the  use  of  its  ATM  facilities  by 
customers not having an account with the Bank.  Deposit flows are controlled primarily through the pricing of 
such deposits. 

At December 31, 2009, the Bank had $239.1 million in certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more.  The Bank is 
a  member  of  an  electronic  network  that  allows  it  to  post  interest  rates  and  attract  certificates  of  deposit 
nationally.    It  also  utilizes  brokered  deposits  and  deposits  obtained  through  the  Promontory  InterFinancial 
Network, also known as CDARS, to supplement in-market deposit growth. The accompanying table presents the 
scheduled maturities of time deposits of $100,000 or more at December 31, 2009. 

Scheduled maturity of time deposits of $100,000 or more 
(In thousands) 
Less than three months…….…………………………….. 
Three through six months……………….…………….…. 
Seven through twelve months.………….……..…………. 
Over twelve months……………………………………… 
     Total time deposits - $100,000 or more………… 

$     105,231
55,213
56,367
22,246
$   239,057

See also Note 7 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Marketing  

The Bank focuses its marketing efforts on small- to medium-sized businesses and retail clients, and on achieving 
certain strategic objectives, including increasing non-interest income and growing core deposits and loans.  The 
Bank  promotes  its  brand  through  its  association  with  the  Greensboro  minor  league  baseball  team  and  stadium 
(NewBridge  Bank  Park),  traditional  advertising  and  promotions,  sponsorship  of  local  events  and  other 
community-focused campaigns. 

Competition 

Commercial banking in North Carolina and Virginia is extremely competitive, due in large part to intrastate and 
interstate  branching  laws.    Many  of  Bancorp’s  competitors  are  significantly  larger  and  have  greater  resources.  
Bancorp  continues  to  encounter  significant  competition  from  a  number  of  sources,  including  bank  holding 
companies, financial holding companies, commercial banks, thrift institutions, credit unions and other financial 
institutions and financial intermediaries.  Bancorp competes in its market areas with some of the largest banking 
organizations  in  the  Southeast  and  nationally,  several  of  which  have  numerous  branches  in  NC  and  VA.  
Bancorp’s  competition  is  not  limited  to  financial  institutions  based  in  NC  and  VA.    The  enactment  of  federal 
legislation  authorizing  nationwide  interstate  banking  has  greatly  increased  the  size  and  financial  resources  of 
some of Bancorp’s competitors.  Consequently, many of its competitors have substantially higher lending limits 
due to their greater total capitalization, and many perform functions for their customers that Bancorp generally 
does not offer. Bancorp primarily relies on providing quality products and services at a competitive price within 
its market areas.  As a result of interstate banking legislation, Bancorp’s market is open to future penetration by 
banks located in other states, provided that the other states also permit de novo branching and acquisitions by NC 
and VA banking institutions, thereby increasing competition. 

In the Piedmont Triad Region, as of June 30, 2009, Bancorp competed with 33 commercial banks and savings 
institutions, as well as numerous credit unions.  As of that date, Bancorp competed with 19 commercial banks 
and savings institutions, and several credit unions, in the Coastal Region and 16 commercial banks and several 
credit unions in the Shenandoah Valley Region. 

 7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Employees 

At December 31, 2009, Bancorp and its subsidiaries had 494 full time equivalent employees, all of whom were 
compensated  by  the  Bank  or  its  subsidiaries.  None  of  Bancorp’s  employees  are  represented  by  a  collective 
bargaining unit, and Bancorp has not recently experienced any type of strike or labor dispute.  Bancorp considers 
its relationship with its employees to be good. 

Supervision and Regulation 

Bank holding companies and commercial banks are extensively regulated under both federal and state law.  The 
following is a brief summary of certain statutes and rules and regulations that affect or will affect Bancorp, the 
Bank and the Bank’s subsidiaries.  This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statute 
and regulatory provisions referred to below, and is not intended to be an exhaustive description of the statutes or 
regulations  applicable  to  the  business  of  Bancorp  and  the  Bank.    Supervision,  regulation  and  examination  of 
Bancorp and the Bank by the regulatory agencies are intended primarily for the protection of depositors rather 
than shareholders of Bancorp.  Statutes and regulations which contain wide-ranging proposals for altering the 
structures, regulations and competitive relationship of financial institutions are introduced regularly.  Bancorp 
cannot  predict  whether,  or  in  what  form,  any  proposed  statute  or  regulation  will  be  adopted  or  the  extent  to 
which the business of Bancorp and the Bank may be affected by such statute or regulation. 

General.    There  are  a  number  of  obligations  and  restrictions  imposed  on  bank  holding  companies  and  their 
depository institution subsidiaries by law and regulatory policy that are designed to minimize potential loss to the 
depositors of such depository institutions and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) insurance 
fund in the event the depository institution becomes in danger of default or in default.  For example, to avoid 
receivership  of  an  insured  depository  institution  subsidiary,  a  holding  company  is  required  to  guarantee  the 
compliance of any insured depository institution subsidiary that may become “undercapitalized” with the terms 
of  any  capital  restoration  plan  filed  by  such  subsidiary  with  its  appropriate  federal  banking  agency  up  to  the 
lesser of (i) an amount equal to 5% of the bank’s total assets at the time the bank became undercapitalized or (ii) 
the  amount  which  is  necessary  (or  would  have  been  necessary)  to  bring  the  bank  into  compliance  with  all 
acceptable capital standards as of the time the bank fails to comply with such capital restoration plan.  Bancorp, 
as  a  registered  bank  holding  company,  is  subject  to  the  regulation  of  the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal 
Reserve  System  (“Federal  Reserve”).    Under  a  policy  of  the  Federal  Reserve  with  respect  to  bank  holding 
company  operations,  a  bank  holding  company  is  required  to  serve  as  a  source  of  financial  strength  to  its 
subsidiary depository institutions and to commit resources to support such institutions in circumstances where it 
might not do so absent such policy.  The Federal Reserve, under the BHCA, also has the authority to require a 
bank holding company to terminate any activity or to relinquish control of a non-bank subsidiary (other than a 
non-bank subsidiary of a bank) upon the Federal Reserve’s determination that such activity or control constitutes 
a serious risk to the financial soundness and stability of any bank subsidiary of the holding company. 

As a result of Bancorp’s ownership of the Bank, Bancorp is also registered under the bank holding company laws 
of  North  Carolina.    Accordingly,  Bancorp  is  subject  to  supervision  and  regulation  by  the  North  Carolina 
Commissioner of Banks (the “Commissioner”). 

U.S.  Treasury  Capital  Purchase  Program.    Pursuant  to  the  U.S.  Department  of  the  Treasury  (the  “U.S. 
Treasury”) Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”), on December 12, 2008, Bancorp issued and sold to the U.S. 
Treasury (i) 52,372 shares of Bancorp’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series 
A Preferred Stock”) and (ii) a warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 2,567,255 shares of Bancorp’s common stock, 
par  value  $5.00  per  share,  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $52,372,000  in  cash.  The  Securities  Purchase 
Agreement,  dated  December  12,  2008,  pursuant  to  which  the  securities  issued  to  the  U.S.  Treasury  under  the 
CPP  were  sold,  currently  restricts  Bancorp,  without  the  prior  approval  of  the  U.S.  Treasury,  from  increasing 
dividends payable on its common stock from the last quarterly cash dividend per share ($0.05) declared on the 
common stock prior to October 14, 2008, limits Bancorp’s ability to repurchase shares of its common stock (with 
certain  exceptions,  including  the  repurchase  of  its  common  stock  to  offset  share  dilution  from  equity-based 
compensation awards), grants the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, the Warrant and the common stock of 
Bancorp  to  be  issued  under  the  Warrant,  certain  registration  rights,  and  subjects  Bancorp  to  certain  of  the 

 8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
executive compensation limitations included in the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 (“EESA”), 
the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) and subsequent regulations issued by the U.S. 
Treasury.  

Capital  Adequacy  Guidelines  for  Bank  Holding  Companies.    The  Federal  Reserve  has  adopted  capital 
adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies and banks that are members of the Federal Reserve System and 
have  consolidated  assets  of  $150  million  or  more.    Bank  holding  companies  subject  to  the  Federal  Reserve’s 
capital  adequacy  guidelines  are  required  to  comply  with  the  Federal  Reserve’s  risk-based  capital  guidelines. 
Under these  regulations, the  minimum  ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is 8%.   At least half  of the 
total  capital  is  required  to  be  “Tier  I  capital,”  principally  consisting  of  common  stockholders’  equity, 
noncumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock,  and  a  limited  amount  of  cumulative  perpetual  preferred  stock  less 
certain goodwill items.  The remainder (“Tier II capital”) may consist of a limited amount of subordinated debt, 
certain hybrid capital instruments and other debt securities, perpetual preferred stock and a limited amount of the 
general loan loss allowance.  In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the Federal Reserve has adopted a 
minimum Tier I capital (leverage) ratio, under which a bank holding company must maintain a minimum level of 
Tier I capital to average total consolidated assets of at least 3% in the case of a bank holding company which has 
the  highest  regulatory  examination  rating  and is  not  contemplating  significant growth  or  expansion.    All  other 
bank holding companies are expected to maintain a Tier I capital (leverage) ratio of at least 1% to 2% above the 
stated  minimum.    Bancorp  exceeded  all  applicable  minimum  capital  adequacy  guidelines  as  of  December  31, 
2009. 

Capital Requirements for the Bank.  The Bank, as a NC commercial bank, is required to maintain a surplus 
account  equal  to  50%  or  more  of  its  paid-in  capital  stock.    As  a  FDIC  insured  commercial  bank  that  is  not  a 
member of the Federal Reserve, the Bank is also subject to capital requirements imposed by the FDIC.  Under 
the FDIC’s regulations, state nonmember banks that (a) receive the highest rating during the examination process 
and (b) are not anticipating or experiencing any significant growth, are required to maintain a minimum leverage 
ratio of 3% of total consolidated assets; all other banks are required to maintain a minimum ratio of 1% or 2% 
above  the  stated  minimum,  with  a  minimum  leverage  ratio  of  not  less  than  4%.    The  Bank  exceeded  all 
applicable minimum capital requirements as of December 31, 2009. 

Dividend  and  Repurchase  Limitations.    Bancorp’s  participation  in  the  CPP  limits  our  ability  to  repurchase 
shares  of  our  common  stock  (with  certain  exceptions,  including  the  repurchase  of  our  common  stock  to  offset 
share dilution from equity-based compensation awards), except with the prior approval of the U.S. Treasury. See 
“Supervision  and  Regulation—U.S.  Treasury  Capital  Purchase  Program.”  Additionally,  Bancorp  must  obtain 
Federal Reserve approval prior to repurchasing common stock for consideration in excess of 10% of its net worth 
during  any  12-month  period  unless  Bancorp  (i)  both  before  and  after  the  redemption  satisfies  capital 
requirements  for  a  “well  capitalized”  bank  holding  company;  (ii)  received  a  one  or  two  rating  in  its  last 
examination; and (iii) is not the subject of any unresolved supervisory issues.   

Although the payment of dividends and repurchase of stock by Bancorp are subject to certain requirements and 
limitations of NC corporate law, except as set forth in this section, neither the Commissioner nor the FDIC have 
promulgated any regulations specifically limiting the right of Bancorp to pay dividends and repurchase shares.   

The ability of Bancorp to pay dividends or repurchase shares is dependent upon Bancorp’s receipt of dividends 
from  the  Bank.    NC  commercial  banks,  such  as  the  Bank,  are  subject  to  legal  limitations  on  the  amounts  of 
dividends  they  are  permitted  to  pay.    NC  commercial  banks  may  only  pay  dividends  from  undivided  profits, 
which are determined by deducting and charging certain items against actual profits, including any contributions 
to  surplus  required  by  NC  law.    The  Bank  is  currently  restricted  from  paying  dividends  to  Bancorp  unless  it 
receives advance approval from the FDIC and the Commissioner.  Also, an insured depository institution, such 
as the Bank, is prohibited from making capital distributions, including the payment of dividends, if, after making 
such distribution, the institution would become “undercapitalized” (as such term is defined in the applicable law 
and regulations).  

During  2008,  the  Company  first  reduced  its  quarterly  cash  dividend,  and  later  suspended  the  payment  of  cash 
dividends. As a result of the Company’s participation in the CPP, the Company currently requires prior approval 
 9 

 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
of  the  U.S.  Treasury  to  increase  dividends  payable  on  its  common  stock  to  more  than  the  last  quarterly  cash 
dividend ($0.05 per share) declared prior to October 14, 2008. 

Deposit Insurance Assessments. The Bank is subject to insurance assessments imposed by the FDIC.  Under 
current law, the insurance assessment to be paid by members of the Deposit Insurance Fund, such as the Bank, is 
specified  in  a  schedule  required  to  be  issued  by  the  FDIC.    In  2009,  FDIC  assessments  for  deposit  insurance 
ranged from  12 to 50 basis points per $100 of insured deposits, depending on the institution’s capital position 
and other supervisory factors.  During the first quarter of 2009, the FDIC instituted a one-time special assessment 
equal  to  5  cents  per  $100  of  domestic  deposits  on  FDIC  insured  institutions,  which  resulted  in  an  additional 
$970,000 in FDIC insurance expense for 2009.  The assessment rate schedule can change from time to time at 
the discretion of the FDIC, subject to certain limits.  On November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a rule requiring 
banks to prepay three years’ worth of estimated deposit insurance premiums by December 31, 2009.  The FDIC 
exempted the Bank from this rule, and the Bank continues to pay premiums on a quarterly basis.   

Federal Home Loan Bank System.  The Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) system provides a central credit 
facility for member institutions.  As a member of the FHLB of Atlanta, the Bank is required to own capital stock 
in the FHLB of Atlanta in an amount at least equal to 0.20% of the Bank’s total assets at the end of each calendar 
year, plus 4.5% of its outstanding advances (borrowings) from the FHLB of Atlanta.  At December 31, 2009, the 
Bank was in compliance with these requirements. 

Community Reinvestment.  Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), as implemented by regulations 
of the FDIC, an insured institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation, consistent with its safe and sound 
operation,  to  help  meet  the  credit  needs  of  its  entire  community,  including  low  and  moderate  income 
neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions, 
nor  does  it  limit  an  institution’s  discretion  to  develop,  consistent  with  the  CRA,  the  types  of  products  and 
services  that  it  believes  are  best  suited  to  its  particular  community.  The  CRA  requires  the  federal  banking 
regulators,  in  connection  with  their  examinations  of  insured  institutions,  to  assess  the  institutions’  records  of 
meeting  the  credit  needs  of  their  communities,  using  the  ratings  “outstanding,”  “satisfactory,”  “needs  to 
improve,”  or  “substantial  noncompliance,”  and  to  take  that  record  into  account  in  its  evaluation  of  certain 
applications  by  those  institutions.  All  institutions  are  required  to  make  public  disclosure  of  their  CRA 
performance  ratings.  The  Bank  received  a  “satisfactory”  rating  in  its  last  CRA  examination,  which  was 
completed during June 2008. 

Prompt Corrective Action.  The FDIC has broad powers to take corrective action to resolve the problems of 
insured depository institutions.  The extent of these powers will depend upon whether the institution in question 
is “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized,” or “critically 
undercapitalized”.  Under the regulations, an institution is considered “well capitalized” if it has (i) a total risk-
based capital ratio of 10% or greater, (ii) a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 6% or greater, (iii) a leverage ratio of 
5% or greater, and (iv) is not subject to any order or written directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level 
for any capital measure.  An “adequately capitalized” institution is defined as one that has (i) a total risk-based 
capital ratio of 8% or greater, (ii) a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of 4% or greater, and (iii) a leverage ratio of 4% 
or greater (or 3% or greater in the case of an institution with the highest examination rating).  An institution is 
considered (A) “undercapitalized” if it has (i) a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 8%, (ii) a Tier I risk-
based capital ratio of less than 4%, or (iii) a leverage ratio of less than 4% (or 3% in the case of an institution 
with  the  highest  examination  rating);  (B)  “significantly  undercapitalized”  if  the  institution  has  (i)  a  total  risk-
based capital ratio of less than 6%, (ii) a Tier I risk-based capital ratio of less than 3% or (iii) a leverage ratio of 
less than 3%; and (C) “critically undercapitalized” if the institution has a ratio of tangible equity to total assets 
equal to or less than 2%.  At December 31, 2009, the Bank had the requisite capital levels to qualify as “well 
capitalized”. 

Changes in Control.  The BHCA prohibits Bancorp from acquiring direct or indirect control of more than 5% of 
the  outstanding  voting  stock  or  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  any  bank  or  savings  bank  or  merging  or 
consolidating with another bank or financial holding company or savings bank holding company without prior 
approval  of  the  Federal  Reserve.    Similarly,  Federal  Reserve  approval  (or,  in  certain  cases,  non-disapproval) 
must be obtained prior to any person acquiring control of Bancorp.  Control is conclusively presumed to exist if, 
 10 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
among other things, a person acquires more than 25% of any class of voting stock of Bancorp or controls in any 
manner the election of a majority of the directors of Bancorp.  Control is presumed to exist if a person acquires 
more than 10% of any class of voting stock, the stock is registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), and the acquiror will be the largest shareholder after the acquisition. 

Federal Securities Law.  Bancorp has registered its common stock with the SEC pursuant to Section 12(g) of 
the  Exchange  Act.    As  a  result  of  such  registration,  the  proxy  and  tender  offer  rules,  insider  trading  reporting 
requirements,  annual  and  periodic  reporting  and  other  requirements  of  the  Exchange  Act  are  applicable  to 
Bancorp.  

Transactions with Affiliates.  Under current federal law, depository institutions are subject to the restrictions 
contained in Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act with respect to loans to directors, executive officers and 
principal  shareholders.    Under  Section  22(h),  loans  to  directors,  executive  officers  and  shareholders  who  own 
more than 10% of a depository institution (18% in the case of institutions located in an area with less than 30,000 
in  population),  and  certain  affiliated  entities  of  any  of  the  foregoing,  may  not  exceed,  together  with  all  other 
outstanding loans to such person and affiliated entities, the institution’s loans to one borrower limit (as discussed 
below).  Section 22(h) also prohibits loans above amounts prescribed by the appropriate federal banking agency 
to directors, executive officers and shareholders who own more than 10% of an institution, and their respective 
affiliates,  unless  such  loans  are  approved  in  advance  by  a  majority of  the  board  of  directors  of  the  institution.  
Any “interested” director may not participate in the voting.  The FDIC has prescribed the loan amount (which 
includes all other outstanding loans to such person), as to which such prior board of director approval is required, 
as being the greater of $25,000 or 5% of capital and surplus (up to $500,000).  Further, pursuant to Section 22(h), 
the  Federal  Reserve  requires  that  loans  to  directors,  executive  officers,  and  principal  shareholders  be  made  on 
terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions with non-executive employees of the Bank.  
The FDIC has imposed additional limits on the amount a bank can loan to an executive officer. 

Loans  to  One  Borrower.    The  Bank  is  subject  to  the  loans  to  one  borrower  limits  imposed  by  the 
Commissioner,  which  are substantially the  same  as  those  applicable  to  national  banks.   Under  these  limits,  no 
loans  and  extensions  of  credit  to  any  borrower  outstanding  at  one  time  and  not  fully  secured  by  readily 
marketable  collateral  shall  exceed  15%  of  the  unimpaired  capital  and  unimpaired  surplus  of  the  Bank.    At 
December  31,  2009,  this  limit  was  $32.3  million.    Loans  and  extensions  of  credit  fully  secured  by  readily 
marketable collateral may comprise an additional 10% of unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus, or $21.5 
million. 

Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act.    The  federal  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act,  enacted  in  1999  (the  “GLB  Act”), 
dramatically changed various federal laws governing the banking, securities and insurance industries.  The GLB 
Act  expanded  opportunities  for  banks  and  bank  holding  companies  to  provide  services  and  engage  in  other 
revenue-generating activities that previously were prohibited to them.  In doing so, it increased competition in 
the financial services industry, presenting greater opportunities for our larger competitors, which were more able 
to expand their service and products than smaller, community-oriented financial institutions, such as the Bank. 

USA Patriot Act of 2001.  The USA  Patriot Act of 2001 was enacted in  response to the terrorist attacks that 
occurred in New York, Pennsylvania and Washington, D.C. on September 11, 2001.  The Act was intended to 
strengthen  the  ability  of  U.S.  law  enforcement  and  the  intelligence  community  to  work  cohesively  to  combat 
terrorism on a variety of fronts.  The impact of the Act on financial institutions of all kinds has been significant 
and  wide  ranging.    The  Act  contains  sweeping  anti-money  laundering  and  financial  transparency  laws  and 
requires  various  regulations,  including  standards  for  verifying  customer  identification  at  account  opening,  and 
rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement entities in identifying 
parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering. 

Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002.    The  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  (“SOX”)  was  signed  into  law  in  2002  and  addresses 
accounting, corporate governance and disclosure issues.  The impact of SOX is wide-ranging as it applies to all 
public  companies  and  imposes  significant  requirements  for  public  company  governance  and  disclosure 
requirements. 

 11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In general, SOX established new corporate governance and financial reporting requirements intended to enhance 
the accuracy and transparency of public companies’ reported financial results.  It established new responsibilities 
for  corporate  chief  executive  officers,  chief  financial  officers  and  audit  committees  in  the  financial  reporting 
process  and  created  a  new  regulatory  body  to  oversee  auditors  of  public  companies.    It  backed  these 
requirements with new SEC enforcement tools, increased criminal penalties for federal mail, wire and securities 
fraud,  and  created  new  criminal  penalties  for  document  and  record  destruction  in  connection  with  federal 
investigations.    It  also  increased  the  opportunity  for  more  private  litigation  by  lengthening  the  statute  of 
limitations for securities fraud claims and providing new federal corporate whistleblower protection.  

The economic and operational effects of SOX on public companies, including the Company, have been and will 
continue  to  be  significant  in  terms  of  the  time,  resources  and  costs  associated  with  compliance  with  its 
requirements.   

Limits  on  Rates  Paid  on  Deposits  and  Brokered  Deposits.    FDIC  regulations  limit  the  ability  of  insured 
depository institutions to accept, renew or roll-over deposits by offering rates of interest which are significantly 
higher than the prevailing rates of interest on deposits offered by other insured depository institutions having the 
same  type  of  charter  in  such  depository  institution’s  normal  market  area.    Under  these  regulations,  “well 
capitalized” depository institutions may accept, renew or roll-over such deposits without restriction, “adequately 
capitalized” depository institutions may accept, renew or roll-over such deposits with a waiver from the FDIC 
(subject  to  certain  restrictions  on  payments  of  rates)  and  “undercapitalized”  depository  institutions  may  not 
accept,  renew,  or  roll-over  such  deposits.    Definitions  of  “well  capitalized,”  “adequately  capitalized”  and 
“undercapitalized”  are  the  same  as  the  definitions  adopted  by  the  FDIC  to  implement  the  prompt  corrective 
action provisions discussed above.   

Taxation.  Federal Income Taxation.  Financial institutions such as the Bank are subject to the provisions of the 
Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended  (the  “Code”),  in  the  same  general  manner  as  other  corporations.  
The Bank computes its bad debt deduction under the specific charge-off method. 

State  Taxation.    Under  NC  law,  the  Bank  is  subject  to  corporate  income  taxes  at  a  6.90%  rate  and  an  annual 
franchise tax at a rate of 0.15%. 

Other.    Additional  regulations  require  annual  examinations  of  all  insured  depository  institutions  by  the 
appropriate  federal  banking  agency,  with  some  exceptions  for  small,  well-capitalized  institutions  and  state 
chartered  institutions  examined  by  state  regulators,  and  establish  operational  and  managerial,  asset  quality, 
earnings and stock valuation standards for insured depository institutions, as well as compensation standards.  

The Bank is subject to examination by the FDIC and the Commissioner.  In addition, it is subject to various other 
state and federal laws and regulations, including state usury laws, laws relating to fiduciaries, consumer credit, 
equal  credit  and  fair  credit  reporting  laws  and  laws  relating  to  branch  banking.    The  Bank,  as  an  insured  NC 
commercial  bank,  is  prohibited  from  engaging  as  a  principal  in  activities  that  are  not  permitted  for  national 
banks, unless (i) the FDIC determines that the activity would pose no significant risk to the Deposit Insurance 
Fund and (ii) the Bank is, and continues to be, in compliance with all applicable capital standards. 

Future  Requirements.  Statutes  and  regulations,  which  contain  wide-ranging  proposals  for  altering  the 
structures, regulations and competitive relationships of  financial institutions, are introduced regularly.  Neither 
Bancorp nor the Bank can predict whether or what form any proposed statute or regulation will be adopted or the 
extent to which the business of Bancorp or the Bank may be affected by such statute or regulation. 

Available Information 

Bancorp makes its Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-
K and amendments to those reports available free of charge on its internet website www.newbridgebank.com, as 
soon as reasonably practicable after the reports are electronically filed with the SEC. Any materials that Bancorp 
files  with  the  SEC  may  be  read  and/or  copied  at  the  SEC’s  Public  Reference  Room  at  100  F  Street,  NE, 

 12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Washington, DC 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling 
the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. These filings are also accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. 

Additionally,  Bancorp’s  corporate  governance  policies,  including  the  charters  of  the  Audit  and  Risk 
Management,  Compensation,  and  Corporate  Governance  and  Nominating  Committees,  the  Corporate 
Governance  Guidelines,  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics,  and  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  for 
CEO  and  Senior  Financial  Officers  may  also  be  found  under  the  “Investor  Relations”  section  of  Bancorp’s 
website.  A  written  copy  of  the  foregoing  corporate  governance  policies  is  available  upon  written  request  to 
Bancorp. 

Item 1A.  

RISK FACTORS 

An investment in Bancorp’s common stock is subject to risks inherent in Bancorp’s business. The material risks 
and uncertainties that management believes affect Bancorp are described below. Before making an investment 
decision, you should carefully consider these risks and uncertainties, together with all of the other information 
included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These risks and uncertainties are not 
the only ones facing Bancorp. Additional risks and uncertainties that management is not aware of or focused on, 
or that management currently deems immaterial may also impair Bancorp’s business operations. This report is 
qualified in its entirety by these risk factors. 

If  any  of  the  following  risks  actually  occur,  Bancorp’s  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  could  be 
materially  and  adversely  affected.  If  this  were  to  happen,  the  value  of  Bancorp’s  common  stock  could  decline 
significantly, and you could lose all or part of your investment.  

Risks Related to Recent Economic Conditions and Governmental Response Efforts 

Our  business  has  been  and  may  continue  to  be  adversely  affected  by  current  conditions  in  the  financial 
markets and economic conditions generally. The global, U.S. and North Carolina economies are continuing to 
experience  significantly  reduced  business  activity  and  consumer  spending  as  a  result  of,  among  other  factors, 
disruptions in the capital and credit markets that first occurred during 2008. Since 2008, dramatic declines in the 
housing  market,  with  falling  home  prices  and  increasing  foreclosures  and  unemployment,  have  resulted  in 
significant  write-downs  of  asset  values  by  financial  institutions,  including  government-sponsored  entities  and 
major  commercial  and  investment  banks.  A  sustained  weakness  or  weakening  in  business  and  economic 
conditions generally or specifically in the principal markets in which we do business could have one or more of 
the following adverse effects on our business:  

• 
• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

a decrease in the demand for loans or other products and services offered by us; 
a decrease in the value of our loans or other assets secured by consumer or commercial 
real estate; 
a decrease in deposit balances due to overall reductions in the accounts of customers; 
an impairment of certain intangible assets or investment securities; 
a decreased ability to raise additional capital on terms acceptable to us or at all; or 
an increase in the number of borrowers who become delinquent, file for protection under 
bankruptcy laws or default on their loans or other obligations to us. An increase in the 
number of delinquencies, bankruptcies or defaults could result in a higher level of 
nonperforming assets, net charge-offs and provision for credit losses, which would 
reduce our earnings. 

Until conditions improve, we expect our business, financial condition and results of operations to continue to be 
adversely affected.  

Increases  in  FDIC  insurance  premiums  may  adversely  affect  Bancorp’s  net  income  and  profitability.  Since 
2008, higher levels of bank failures have dramatically increased resolution costs of the FDIC and depleted the 
deposit  insurance  fund.  In  addition,  the  FDIC  instituted  two  temporary  programs  to  further  insure  customer 
deposits  at  FDIC  insured  banks:  deposit  accounts  are  now  insured  up  to  $250,000  per  customer  (up  from 
 13 

 
 
 
 
 
  
 
$100,000) and noninterest-bearing transactional accounts are currently fully insured (unlimited coverage). These 
programs  have  placed  additional  stress  on  the  deposit  insurance  fund.  In  order  to  maintain  a  strong  funding 
position  and  restore  reserve  ratios  of  the  deposit  insurance  fund,  the  FDIC  has  increased  assessment  rates  of 
insured institutions. In addition, on November 12, 2009, the FDIC adopted a rule requiring banks to prepay three 
years’  worth  of  estimated  deposit  insurance  premiums  by  December  31,  2009.  The  FDIC  exempted  the  Bank 
from this prepayment requirement, and the Bank continues to pay these premiums on a quarterly basis. Bancorp 
is generally unable to control the amount of premiums that the Bank is required to pay for FDIC insurance. If 
there  are  additional  bank  or  financial  institution  failures,  or  the  cost  of  resolving  prior  failures  exceeds 
expectations, the Bank may be required to pay even higher FDIC premiums than the recently increased levels. 
These announced increases and any future increases or required prepayments of FDIC insurance premiums may 
adversely impact Bancorp’s earnings and financial condition. 

The  capital  and  credit  markets  have  experienced  unprecedented  levels  of  volatility.  During  the  economic 
downturn,  the  capital  and  credit  markets  experienced  extended  volatility  and  disruption.  In  some  cases,  the 
markets  produced  downward  pressure  on  stock  prices  and  credit  capacity  for  certain  issuers  without  regard  to 
those issuers’ underlying financial strength. If these levels of market disruption and volatility continue, worsen or 
abate and then arise at a later date, Bancorp’s ability to access capital could be materially impaired. Bancorp’s 
inability to access the capital markets could constrain the Bank’s ability to make new loans, to meet the Bank’s 
existing lending commitments and, ultimately jeopardize the Bank’s overall liquidity and capitalization. 

Additional  requirements  under  our  regulatory  framework,  especially  those  imposed  under  ARRA,  EESA  or 
other  legislation  or  regulations  intended  to  strengthen  the  U.S.  financial  system,  could  adversely  affect  us. 
Recent  government  efforts  to  strengthen  the  U.S.  financial  system,  including  the  implementation  of  ARRA, 
EESA, the TLGP and special assessments imposed by the FDIC, subject participants to additional regulatory fees 
and requirements, including corporate governance requirements, executive compensation restrictions, restrictions 
on  declaring  or  paying  dividends,  restrictions  on  share  repurchases,  limits  on  executive  compensation  tax 
deductions and prohibitions against golden parachute payments. These requirements, and any other requirements 
that may be subsequently imposed, may have a material and adverse affect on our business, financial condition, 
and results of operations.  

Our  participation  in  the  CPP  imposes  restrictions  and  obligations  on  us  that  limit  our  ability  to  increase 
dividends, repurchase shares of our common stock and access the capital markets. On December 12, 2008, we 
issued and sold (i) 52,372 shares of Series A Preferred Stock and (ii) a Warrant to purchase 2,567,255 shares of 
Bancorp’s common stock, par value $5.00 per share, to the U.S. Treasury as part of its CPP. Prior to December 
12, 2011, unless we have redeemed all of the Series A Preferred Stock or the U.S. Treasury has transferred all of 
the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  to  a  third  party,  the  Securities  Purchase  Agreement  pursuant  to  which  such 
securities were sold, among other things, limits the payment of dividends on our common stock to a maximum 
quarterly dividend of $0.05 per share without prior regulatory approval, limits our ability to repurchase shares of 
our  common  stock  (with  certain  exceptions,  including  the  repurchase  of  our  common  stock  to  offset  share 
dilution from equity-based compensation awards), and grants the holders of such securities  certain registration 
rights which, in certain circumstances, impose lock-up periods during which we would be unable to issue equity 
securities. In addition, unless we are able to redeem the Series A Preferred Stock during the first five years, the 
dividends  on  this  capital  will  increase  substantially  at  that  point,  from  5%  to  9%.  Depending  on  market 
conditions at the time, this increase in dividends could significantly impact our liquidity.  

The limitations on incentive compensation contained in the ARRA and subsequent regulations may adversely 
affect our ability to retain our highest performing employees. In the case of a company such as Bancorp that 
received CPP funds, the ARRA, and subsequent regulations issued by the U.S. Treasury, contain restrictions on 
bonus and other incentive compensation payable to the company’s senior executive officers. As a consequence, 
we may be unable to create a compensation structure that permits us to retain our highest performing employees 
and attract new employees of a high caliber. If this were to occur, our businesses and results of operations could 
be adversely affected. 

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us. Since mid-2007, the financial services 
industry as a whole, as well as the securities markets generally, have been materially and adversely affected by 
 14 

 
 
 
 
 
significant  declines  in  the  values  of  nearly  all  asset  classes  and  by  a  serious  lack  of  liquidity.  Financial 
institutions in particular have been subject to increased volatility and an overall loss in investor confidence. 

Our ability to engage in routine funding transactions could be adversely affected by the actions and commercial 
soundness  of  other  financial  institutions.  Financial  services  companies  are  interrelated  as  a  result  of  trading, 
clearing, counterparty, or other relationships. We have exposure to many different industries and counterparties, 
and  we  routinely  execute  transactions  with  counterparties  in  the  financial  services  industry,  including  brokers 
and dealers, commercial banks, and other institutional clients.  

From  time  to  time,  we  utilize  derivative  financial  instruments,  primarily  to  hedge  our  exposure  to  changes  in 
interest rates, but also to hedge cash flow. By entering into these transactions and derivative instrument contracts, 
we expose ourselves to counterparty credit risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. When the fair 
value of a derivative contract is in an asset position, the counterparty has a liability to us, which creates credit 
risk  for  us.  We  attempt  to  minimize  this  risk  by  selecting  counterparties  with  investment  grade  credit  ratings, 
limiting  our  exposure  to  any  single  counterparty  and  regularly  monitoring  our  market  position  with  each 
counterparty.  Nonetheless,  defaults  by,  or  even  rumors  or  questions  about,  one  or  more  financial  services 
companies,  or  the  financial  services  industry  generally,  have  led  to  market-wide  liquidity  problems  and  could 
lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when the 
collateral held by us cannot be realized or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the 
loan due us. There is no assurance that any such losses would not materially and adversely affect our businesses, 
financial condition or results of operations. 

Market  developments  may  adversely  affect  our  industry,  business  and  results  of  operations.  Significant 
declines  in  the  housing  market,  with  falling  home  prices  and  increasing  foreclosures  and  unemployment,  have 
resulted  in  significant  write-downs  of  asset  values  by  many  financial  institutions,  including  government-
sponsored entities and major commercial and investment banks. These write-downs, initially of mortgage-backed 
securities but spreading to credit default swaps and other derivative securities, caused many financial institutions 
to seek additional capital, to merge with larger and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. Bancorp has 
experienced significant challenges, its credit quality has deteriorated and its net income and results of operations 
have been adversely impacted. Reflecting concern about the stability of the financial markets generally and the 
strength of counterparties, many lenders and institutional investors have reduced, and in some cases, ceased to 
provide  funding  to  borrowers  including  other  financial  institutions.  Although  to  date  Bancorp  and  the  Bank 
remain  “well  capitalized,”  and  have  performed  better  than  many  of  their  peers,  we  are  part  of  the  financial 
system and a systemic lack of available credit, a lack of confidence in the financial sector, increased volatility in 
the  financial markets  and/or  reduced  business  activity  could  materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial 
condition and results of operations. 

Risks Associated with Our Business 

We  rely  on  dividends  from  the  Bank  for  most  of  our  revenue.  Bancorp  is  a  separate  and  distinct  legal  entity 
from the Bank. Bancorp receives substantially all of its revenue from dividends received from the Bank. These 
dividends  are  the  principal  source  of  funds  to  pay  dividends  on  Bancorp’s  common  and  preferred  stock,  and 
interest and principal on its outstanding debt securities. Various federal and/or state laws and regulations limit 
the amount of dividends that the Bank may pay to Bancorp. In the event the Bank is unable to pay dividends to 
Bancorp,  Bancorp  may  not  be  able  to  service  debt,  pay  obligations,  or  pay  dividends  on  Bancorp’s  common 
stock.  The  inability  to  receive  dividends  from  the  Bank  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  Bancorp’s 
business, financial condition and results of operations. See Item 1 “Business - Supervision and Regulation” and 
Note 19 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.  

The Bank is exposed to risks in connection with the loans it makes. A significant source of risk for Bancorp 
and the Bank arises from the possibility that losses will be sustained by the Bank because borrowers, guarantors 
and related parties may fail to perform in accordance with the terms of their loans. The Bank has underwriting 
and credit monitoring procedures and credit policies, including the establishment and review of the allowance for 
loan losses, that it believes are appropriate to minimize this risk by assessing the likelihood of nonperformance, 

 15 

 
 
 
 
tracking loan performance and diversifying its loan portfolio. Such policies and procedures, however, may not 
prevent unexpected losses that could adversely affect the Bank’s results of operations. 

Our  allowance  for  loan  losses  may  be  insufficient.    All  borrowers  carry  the  potential  to  default  and  our 
remedies to recover (seizure and/or sale of collateral, legal actions, guarantees, etc.) may not fully satisfy money 
previously lent. We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for 
loan losses charged to expense, which represents management’s best estimate of probable credit losses that have 
been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary 
to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The level of the allowance for loan 
losses  reflects  management’s  continuing  evaluation  of  industry  concentrations;  specific  credit  risks;  loan  loss 
experience;  current  loan  portfolio  quality;  present  economic,  political,  and  regulatory  conditions;  and 
unidentified  losses  inherent  in  the  current  loan  portfolio.  The  determination  of  the  appropriate  level  of  the 
allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant 
estimates of current credit risks using existing qualitative and quantitative information, all of which may undergo 
material  changes.  Changes  in  economic  conditions  affecting  borrowers,  new  information  regarding  existing 
loans, identification of additional problem loans, and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may 
require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our 
allowance  for  loan  losses  and  may  require  an  increase  in  the  provision  for  loan  losses  or  the  recognition  of 
additional  loan  charge  offs,  based  on  judgments  different  than  those  of  management.  An  increase  in  the 
allowance for loan losses results in  a decrease in net  income, and  possibly risk-based capital, and  may have a 
material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

If the value of real estate in the markets we serve were to decline materially, a significant portion of our loan 
portfolio could become under-collateralized, which could have a material adverse effect on us.  At December 
31,  2009,  our  loans  secured  by  real  estate  totaled  $1.22  billion,  or  83.4%  of  total  loans.  With  these  loans 
concentrated  within  our  three  markets,  the  Piedmont  Triad  Region,  Coastal  Region  and  Shenandoah  Valley 
Region, a decline in local economic conditions in these markets could adversely affect the value of the real estate 
collateral  securing  our  loans.  A  decline  in  property  values  would  diminish  our  ability  to  recover  on  defaulted 
loans by selling the real estate collateral, making it more likely that we would suffer losses on defaulted loans. 
See Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses in the accompanying Management’s Discussion and Analysis of 
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  for  further  discussion  related  to  the  Bank’s  process  for 
determining  the  appropriate  level  of  the  allowance  for  possible  credit  losses.  Additionally,  a  decrease  in  asset 
quality  could  require  additions  to  our  allowance  for  loan  losses  through  increased  provisions  for  loan  losses, 
which  would  negatively  impact  our  profits.  Also,  a  decline  in  local  economic  conditions  may  have  a  greater 
effect on our earnings and capital than on the earnings and capital of financial institutions whose real estate loan 
portfolios are more geographically diverse. Real estate values are affected by various factors in addition to local 
economic  conditions,  including,  among  other  things,  changes  in  general  or  regional  economic  conditions, 
governmental rules or policies, and natural disasters. 

Our commercial real estate lending may expose us to risk of loss and hurt our earnings and profitability.  We 
regularly make loans secured by commercial real estate. These types of loans generally have higher risk-adjusted 
returns  and  shorter  maturities  than  traditional  one-to-four  family  residential  mortgage  loans.  Further,  loans 
secured by commercial real estate properties are generally for larger amounts and involve a greater degree of risk 
than  one  to  four  family  residential  mortgage  loans.  Payments  on  loans  secured  by  these  properties  are  often 
dependent  on  the  income  produced  by  the  underlying  properties  which,  in  turn,  depends  on  the  successful 
operation  and  management  of  the  properties.  Accordingly,  repayment  of  these  loans  is  subject  to  adverse 
conditions in the real estate market or the local economy. In addition, many economists believe that deterioration 
in income producing commercial real estate is likely to worsen as vacancy rates continue to rise and absorption 
rates of existing square footage continue to decline. Because of the current general economic slowdown, these 
loans represent higher risk, could result in an increase in our total net-charge offs and could require us to increase 
our allowance for loan losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of 
operations.  At December 31, 2009, our loans secured by commercial real estate totaled $636.5 million, which 
represented 43.5% of total loans, which is below the average percentage concentration for our peer group. For 
the year ended December 31, 2009, we had net charge-offs of loans secured by commercial real estate of $18.9 
million, an increase of $8.7 million when compared to the same year-ago period.  While we seek to minimize 
 16 

 
 
 
these risks in a variety of ways, there can be no assurance that these measures will protect against credit-related 
losses. 

Our  construction  loans  and  land  development  loans  involve  a  higher  degree  of  risk  than  other  segments  of 
our  loan  portfolio.    A  portion  of  our  commercial  real  estate  portfolio  described  above  is  comprised  of 
construction  loans  and  land  development  loans.    Construction  financing  typically  involves  a  higher  degree  of 
credit risk than other commercial real  estate lending.  Risk of loss on a construction loan is largely dependent 
upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction and the bid price 
and  estimated  cost  (including  interest)  of  construction.  If  the  estimate  of  construction  costs  proves  to  be 
inaccurate, we may be required to advance funds beyond the amount originally committed to permit completion 
of  the  project.  If  the  estimate  of  the  value  proves  to  be  inaccurate,  we  may  be  confronted,  at  or  prior  to  the 
maturity  of  the  loan,  with  a  project  whose  value  is  insufficient  to  assure  full  repayment.  When  lending  to 
builders, the cost of construction breakdown is provided by the builder, as well as  supported by the appraisal. 
Although  our  underwriting  criteria  are  designed  to  evaluate  and  minimize  the  risks  of  each  construction  loan, 
there  can  be  no  guarantee  that  these  practices  will  safeguard  against  material  delinquencies  and  losses  to  our 
operations. Construction and land development loans are dependent on the successful completion of the projects 
they finance, however, in many cases such construction and development projects in our primary market areas 
are not being completed in a timely manner, if at all. At December 31, 2009, we had loans of $177.3 million, or 
12.1%  of  total  loans,  outstanding  to  finance  construction  and  land  development,  which  is  below  the  average 
percentage concentration for our peer group. For the year ended December 31, 2009, we had net charge-offs of 
construction  and  land  development  loans  of  $11.6  million,  an  increase  of  $4.4  million  when  compared  to  the 
same year-ago period. 

Our lending on unimproved land may expose us to a greater risk of loss and may have an adverse effect on 
results  of  operations.    A  portion  of  our  residential  and  commercial  lending  is  secured  by  unimproved  land.  
Loans secured by unimproved land are generally more risky than loans secured by improved property for one to 
four family residential mortgage loans.  Since unimproved land is generally held by the borrower for investment 
purposes or future use, payments on loans secured by unimproved land will typically rank lower in priority to the 
borrower than a loan the borrower may have on their primary residence or business.  These loans are susceptible 
to  adverse  conditions  in  the  real  estate  market  and  local  economy.    At  December  31,  2009,  loans  secured  by 
unimproved property totaled $44.7 million, or 3.1% of our loan portfolio.  

If the Bank loses key employees with significant business contacts in its market areas, its business may suffer.  
The  Bank’s  success  is  largely  dependent  on  the  personal  contacts  of  our  officers  and  employees  in  its  market 
areas. If the Bank loses key employees temporarily or permanently, this could have a material adverse effect on 
the  business.  The  Bank  could  be  particularly  affected  if  its  key  employees  go  to  work  for  competitors.  The 
Bank’s future success depends on the continued contributions of its existing senior management personnel, many 
of  whom  have  significant  local  experience  and  contacts  in  its  market  areas.  The  Bank  has  employment 
agreements  or  non-competition  agreements  with  several  of  its  senior  and  executive  officers  in  an  attempt  to 
partially mitigate this risk. 

Bancorp’s  growth  strategy  may  not  be  successful.  As  a  strategy,  Bancorp  seeks  to  increase  the  size  of  its 
franchise  by  pursuing  business  development  opportunities.    Bancorp  can  provide  no  assurance  that  it  will  be 
successful  in  increasing  the  volume  of  Bancorp’s  loans  and  deposits  at  acceptable  risk  levels  and  upon 
acceptable  terms,  expanding  its  asset  base  while  managing  the  costs  and  implementation  risks  associated  with 
this growth strategy. There can be no assurance that any expansion will be profitable or that Bancorp will be able 
to sustain its growth, either through internal growth or through successful expansions of its banking markets, or 
that  Bancorp  will  be  able  to  maintain  sufficient  levels  of  capital  to  support  its  continued  growth.    If  further 
deterioration of the Bank’s credit quality should occur, the need to preserve capital levels above the minimum to 
be deemed “well capitalized” could further restrict the Bank’s ability to pursue a growth strategy. 

The Bank is subject to interest rate risk. The Bank’s earnings and cash flows are largely dependent upon its net 
interest income. Net interest income is the difference between interest income earned on interest-earning assets 
such as loans and investment securities and interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities such as deposits 
and  borrowed  funds.  Interest  rates  are  highly  sensitive  to  many  factors  that  are  beyond  the  Bank’s  control, 

 17 

 
 
including  general  economic  conditions  and  policies  of  various  governmental  and  regulatory  agencies  and,  in 
particular, the Federal Reserve. Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence 
not only the interest the Bank receives on loans and investment securities and the amount of interest it pays on 
deposits and borrowings, but such changes could also affect (i) the Bank’s ability to originate loans and obtain 
deposits, (ii) the fair value of the Bank’s financial assets and liabilities, and (iii) the average duration of certain of 
the Bank’s interest-rate sensitive assets and liabilities. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings 
increase at a  faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, the Bank’s net interest 
income  and  therefore  earnings,  could  be  adversely  affected.  Earnings  could  also  be  adversely  affected  if  the 
interest rates received on loans and other investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits 
and other borrowings. In addition, there are costs associated with the Bank’s risk management techniques, and 
these costs could be material. Fluctuations in interest rates are not predictable or controllable and, therefore, there 
can  be  no  assurances  of  the  Bank’s  ability  to  continue  to  maintain  a  consistent,  positive  spread  between  the 
interest earned on the Bank’s earning assets and the interest paid on the Bank’s interest-bearing liabilities.  See 
Item 7A Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk for further discussion related to Bancorp’s 
management of interest rate risk.  

We may face increasing deposit-pricing pressures, which may, among other things, reduce our profitability. 
Checking  and  savings  account  balances  and  other  forms  of  deposits  can  decrease  when  our  deposit  customers 
perceive  alternative  investments,  such  as  the  stock  market  or  other  non-depository  investments,  as  providing 
superior  expected  returns  or  seek  to  spread  their  deposits  over  several  banks  to  maximize  FDIC  insurance 
coverage.  Furthermore,  technology  and  other  changes  have  made  it  more  convenient  for  bank  customers  to 
transfer funds into alternative investments, including products offered by other financial institutions or non-bank 
service providers. Additional increases in short-term interest rates could increase transfers of deposits to higher 
yielding deposits. Efforts and initiatives we undertake to retain and increase deposits, including deposit pricing, 
can  increase  our  costs.  When  bank  customers  move  money  out  of  bank  deposits  in  favor  of  alternative 
investments or into higher yielding deposits, or spread their accounts over several banks, we can lose a relatively 
inexpensive source of funds, thus increasing our funding costs.  

Bancorp’s operating results and financial condition would likely suffer if there is deterioration in the general 
economic  condition  of  the  areas  in  which  the  Bank  does  business.    Unlike  larger  national  or  other  regional 
banks that are more geographically diversified, the Bank primarily provides services to customers located in the 
Piedmont  Triad  Region  and  Coastal  Region  in  NC  and  the  Shenandoah  Valley  Region  in  VA.  Because  the 
Bank’s  lending  and  deposit-gathering  activities  are  concentrated  in  these  markets,  particularly  the  Piedmont 
Triad  Region,  the  Bank  will  be  affected  by  the  business  activity,  population,  income  levels,  deposits  and  real 
estate activity in these markets.  Adverse developments in local industries have had and could continue to have a 
negative affect on the Bank’s financial condition and results of operations.  Even though the Bank’s customers’ 
business  and  financial  interest  may  extend  well  beyond  these  market  areas,  adverse  economic  conditions  that 
affect these market areas could reduce the Bank’s growth rate, affect the ability of the Bank’s customers to repay 
their  loans  and  generally  affect  Bancorp’s  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.    A  further  decline  in 
general economic conditions in the Bank’s market areas, caused by inflation, recession, unemployment or other 
factors which are beyond the Bank’s control would also impact these local economic conditions and could have 
an adverse affect on Bancorp’s financial condition and results of operations. 

Bancorp and the Bank compete with much larger companies for some of the same business. The banking and 
financial  services  business  in  our  market  areas  continues  to  be  a  competitive  field  and  it  is  becoming  more 
competitive as a result of:  

• 
• 
• 

Changes in regulations; 
Changes in technology and product delivery systems; and 
The accelerating pace of consolidation among financial services providers. 

We  may  not  be  able  to  compete  effectively  in  our  markets,  and  our  results  of  operations  could  be  adversely 
affected  by  the  nature  or  pace  of  change  in  competition.  We  compete  for  loans,  deposits  and  customers  with 
various  bank  and  nonbank  financial  services  providers,  many  of  which  are  much  larger  in  total  assets  and 
capitalization, have greater access to capital markets and offer a broader array of financial services. 

 18 

 
 
 
 
Negative publicity could damage our reputation. Reputation risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital from 
negative public opinion, is inherent in our business. Negative public opinion could adversely affect our ability to 
keep and attract customers and expose us to adverse legal and regulatory consequences. Negative public opinion 
could result from our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate 
governance, regulatory compliance, mergers and acquisitions, and disclosure, sharing or inadequate protection of 
customer  information,  and  from  actions  taken  by  government  regulators  and  community  organizations  in 
response to that conduct. 

The Bank is subject to environmental liability risk associated with lending activities. A significant portion of 
the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio  is  secured  by  real  property.  During  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  the  Bank  may 
foreclose on and take title to properties securing certain loans. In doing so, there is a risk that hazardous or toxic 
substances  could  be  found  on  these  properties.  If  hazardous  or  toxic  substances  are  found,  the  Bank  may  be 
liable for remediation costs, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Environmental laws may require 
the  Bank  to  incur  substantial  expenses  and  may  materially  reduce  the  affected  property’s  value  or  limit  the 
Bank’s  ability  to use  or  sell  the  affected  property. In  addition,  future  laws  or  more  stringent  interpretations  of 
enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase the Bank’s exposure to environmental liability. 
Although  the  Bank  has  policies  and  procedures  to  perform  an  environmental  review  before  initiating  any 
foreclosure  action  on  real  property,  these  reviews  may  not  be  sufficient  to  detect  all  potential  environmental 
hazards. The remediation costs and any other financial liabilities associated with an environmental hazard could 
have a material adverse effect on Bancorp’s financial condition and results of operations. 

Financial services companies depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about customers and 
counterparties. In deciding whether to extend credit or enter into other transactions, we may rely on information 
furnished  by  or  on  behalf  of  customers  and  counterparties,  including  financial  statements,  credit  reports,  and 
other  financial  information.  We  may  also  rely  on  representations  of  those  customers,  counterparties,  or  other 
third parties, such as independent auditors, as to the accuracy and completeness of that information. Reliance on 
inaccurate  or  misleading  financial  statements,  credit  reports,  or  other  financial  information  could  cause  us  to 
enter  into  unfavorable  transactions,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial  condition  and 
results of operations. 

Liquidity  risk  could  impair  our  ability  to  fund  operations  and  jeopardize  our  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations and cash flows. Liquidity is essential to our business. Our ability to implement our business strategy 
will  depend  on  our  ability  to  obtain  funding  for  loan  originations,  working  capital,  possible  acquisitions  and 
other general corporate purposes. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, securities sold under 
repurchase  agreements,  the  sale  of  loans  and  other  sources  could  have  a  substantial  negative  effect  on  our 
liquidity.  We  do  not  anticipate  that  our  retail  and  commercial  deposits  will  be  sufficient  to  meet  our  funding 
needs in the foreseeable future. We therefore rely on deposits obtained through intermediaries, FHLB advances, 
securities sold under agreements to repurchase and other wholesale funding sources to obtain the funds necessary 
to implement our growth strategy.  

Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities or on terms which are acceptable to 
us  could  be  impaired  by  factors  that  affect  us  specifically  or  the  financial  services  industry  or  economy  in 
general,  including  a  decrease  in  the  level  of  our  business  activity  as  a  result  of  a  downturn  in  the  markets  in 
which  our  loans  are  concentrated  or  adverse  regulatory  action  against  us.  Our  ability  to  borrow  could  also  be 
impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and 
expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry in light of the recent turmoil faced by banking 
organizations and the continued deterioration in credit markets. To the extent we are not successful in obtaining 
such funding, we will be unable to implement our strategy as planned which could have a material adverse effect 
on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.  

Changes  in  our  accounting  policies  or  in  accounting  standards  could  materially  affect  how  we  report  our 
financial results and condition. Our accounting policies are fundamental to understanding our financial results 
and condition. Some of these policies require use of estimates and assumptions that may affect the value of our 
assets  or  liabilities  and  financial  results.  Some  of  our  accounting  policies  are  critical  because  they  require 
management to make difficult, subjective and complex judgments about matters that are inherently uncertain and 

 19 

 
 
 
because  it  is  likely  that  materially  different  amounts  would  be  reported  under  different  conditions  or  using 
different assumptions. 

From time to time the Financial Accounting Standards Board (the “FASB”)  and the SEC change the financial 
accounting  and  reporting  standards  or  the  interpretation  of  those  standards  that  govern  the  preparation  of  our 
external financial statements. These changes are beyond our control, can be hard to predict and could materially 
impact how we report our results of operations and financial condition. We could be required to apply a new or 
revised standard retroactively, resulting in our restating prior period financial statements in material amounts. 

Impairment  of  investment  securities,  certain  other  intangible  assets,  or  deferred  tax  assets  could  require 
charges  to  earnings,  which  could  result  in  a  negative  impact  on  our  results  of  operations.  In  assessing  the 
impairment of investment securities, management considers the length of time and extent to which the fair value 
has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuers, and the intent and ability 
of  Bancorp  to  retain  its  investment  in  the  issuer  for  a  period  of  time  sufficient  to  allow  for  any  anticipated 
recovery in fair value in the near term. Under current accounting standards, certain other intangible assets with 
indeterminate  lives  are  no  longer  amortized  but,  instead,  are  assessed  for  impairment  periodically  or  when 
impairment  indicators  are  present.  Assessment  of  certain  other  intangible  assets  could  result  in  circumstances 
where  the  applicable  intangible  asset  is  deemed  to  be  impaired  for  accounting  purposes.  Under  such 
circumstances, the intangible asset’s impairment would be reflected as a charge to earnings in the period during 
which such impairment is identified. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers 
whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  some  portion  or  all  of  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  The 
ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the 
periods  in  which  those  temporary  differences  become  deductible.  The  impact  of  each  of  these  impairment 
matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.  

Core processing system conversion planned.  The Bank plans to convert its core processing system during 2010 
in order to enhance its level of customer service and internal efficiency. The replacement of our core processing 
systems has wide-reaching impacts on our internal operations and business. We can provide no assurance that the 
amount of this investment will not exceed our expectations and result in materially increased levels of expense or 
asset  impairment  charges.  There  is  no  assurance  that  this  initiative  will  achieve  the  expected  cost  savings  or 
result in a positive return on our investment. Additionally, if our new core system does not operate as intended, 
or is not implemented  as  planned, there could be disruptions in our business which could adversely affect our 
financial condition and results of operations. 

Technological advances impact Bancorp’s business. The banking industry continues to undergo technological 
changes  with  frequent  introductions  of new  technology-driven  products  and  services.  In  addition  to  improving 
customer  services,  the  effective  use  of  technology  increases  efficiency  and  enables  financial  institutions  to 
reduce  costs.  Bancorp’s  future  success  will  depend,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  address  the  needs  of  the  Bank’s 
customers  by  using  technology  to  provide  products  and  services  that  will  satisfy  customer  demands  for 
convenience  as  well  as  to  create  additional  efficiencies  in  operations.  Many  competitors  have  substantially 
greater resources to invest in technological improvements. The Bank may not be able to effectively implement 
new technology-driven products and services or successfully market such products and services to its customers. 

We  rely  on  other  companies  to  provide  key  components  of  our  business  infrastructure.  Third  party  vendors 
provide  key  components  of  our  business  infrastructure  such  as  internet  connections,  network  access  and  core 
application  processing.  While  we  have  selected  these  third  party  vendors  carefully,  we  do  not  control  their 
actions. Any problems caused by these third parties, including as a result of their not providing us their services 
for any reason or their performing their services poorly, could adversely affect our ability to deliver products and 
services to our customers and otherwise to conduct our business. Replacing these third party vendors could also 
entail significant delay and expense. 

Our  information  systems  may  experience  an  interruption  or  breach  in  security.  We  rely  heavily  on 
communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption, or breach in security 
or  operational  integrity  of  these  systems  could  result  in  failures  or  disruptions  in  our  customer  relationship 
management, general ledger, deposit, loan, and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed 

 20 

 
 
 
to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption, or security breach of our information systems, we cannot 
assure you that any such failures, interruptions, or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they 
will  be  adequately  addressed.  The  occurrence  of  any  failures,  interruptions,  or  security  breaches  of  our 
information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional 
regulatory  scrutiny,  or  expose  us  to  civil  litigation  and  possible  financial  liability,  any  of  which  could  have  a 
material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

Government  regulations  may  prevent  or  impair  Bancorp’s  ability  to  pay  dividends,  engage  in  mergers  or 
operate in other ways. Current and future legislation and the policies established by federal and state regulatory 
authorities will affect our operations. The Bank is subject to supervision and periodic examination by the FDIC 
and the Commissioner. Bancorp is subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve and the Commissioner. Banking 
regulations, designed primarily for the protection of depositors, may limit the growth and the return to Bancorp’s 
stockholders by restricting certain activities, such as: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

The payment of dividends to our stockholders; 
Possible mergers with or acquisitions of or by other institutions; 
Our desired investments; 
Loans and interest rates on loans; 
Interest rates paid on our deposits; 
The possible expansion of our branch offices; and 
Our ability to provide securities or trust services. 

The  Bank  also  is  subject  to  capitalization  guidelines  set  forth  in  federal  legislation,  and  could  be  subject  to 
enforcement actions to the extent that it is found by regulatory examiners to be undercapitalized. Bancorp cannot 
predict what changes, if any, will be made to existing federal and state legislation and regulations or the effect 
that such changes may have on Bancorp’s future business and earnings prospects. The cost of compliance with 
regulatory requirements may adversely affect our ability to operate profitably. 

Unpredictable  catastrophic  events  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  Bancorp.  The  occurrence  of 
catastrophic  events  such  as  hurricanes,  tropical  storms,  earthquakes,  pandemic  disease,  windstorms,  floods, 
severe  winter  weather  (including  snow,  freezing  water,  ice  storms  and  blizzards),  fires  and  other  catastrophes 
could adversely affect Bancorp’s consolidated financial condition or results of operations. Unpredictable natural 
and  other  disasters  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  Bank  in  that  such  events  could  materially  disrupt  its 
operations or the ability or willingness of its customers to access the financial services offered by the Bank. The 
incidence  and  severity  of  catastrophes  are  inherently  unpredictable.  Although  the  Bank  carries  insurance  to 
mitigate its exposure to certain catastrophic events, these events could nevertheless reduce Bancorp’s earnings 
and  cause  volatility  in  its  financial  results  for  any  fiscal  quarter  or  year  and  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on 
Bancorp’s financial condition and/or results of operations. 

Risks Related to our Common Stock 

Our stock price can be volatile. Stock price volatility may make it more difficult for you to resell your common 
stock when you want and at prices you find attractive. Our stock price can fluctuate significantly in response to a 
variety of factors including, among other things:  

•  
•  
•  

•  

•  
•  

Actual or anticipated variations in quarterly results of operations; 
Recommendations by securities analysts; 
Operating  results  and  stock  price  performance  of  other  companies  that  investors  deem 
comparable to us; 
News  reports  relating  to  trends,  concerns,  and  other  issues  in  the  financial  services 
industry; 
Perceptions in the marketplace regarding us and/or our competitors; 
New technology used or services offered by competitors; 

 21 

 
 
 
 
•  

•  

Significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, 
or capital commitments by or involving us or our competitors; and 
Changes in government regulations. 

General market fluctuations, industry factors, and general economic and political conditions and events, such as 
economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes, or credit loss trends, could also cause our stock price to 
decrease regardless of operating results. 

Bancorp’s trading volume is low compared with larger national and regional banks. Bancorp’s common stock 
is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. However, the trading volume of Bancorp’s common stock is 
relatively  low  when  compared  with  more  seasoned  companies  listed  on  the  NASDAQ,  the  NYSE  or  other 
consolidated reporting systems or stock exchanges. Thus, the market in Bancorp’s common stock may be limited 
in scope relative to other larger companies. In addition, Bancorp cannot say with any certainty that a more active 
and liquid trading market for its common stock will develop. 

Bancorp  has  issued  preferred  stock  and  subordinated  debentures,  all  of  which  rank  senior  to  our  common 
stock. Bancorp has issued 52,372 shares of Series A Preferred Stock. This series of preferred stock ranks senior 
to shares of our common stock. As a result, Bancorp must make dividend payments on the preferred stock before 
any dividends can be paid on the common stock and, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or liquidation, 
the holders the preferred stock must be satisfied before any distributions can be made on the common stock. If 
Bancorp does not remain current in the payment of dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock, no dividends may 
be  paid  on  the  common  stock.  In  addition,  Bancorp  has  issued  $25.8  million  in  subordinated  debentures  in 
connection with its issuance of trust preferred securities. These debentures also rank senior to the common stock.  

Our preferred stock reduces net income available to holders of our common stock and earnings per common 
share  and  the  Warrant  may  be  dilutive  to  holders  of  our  common  stock.  The  dividends  declared  on  our 
preferred stock will reduce any net income available to holders of common stock and our earnings per common 
share.  The  preferred  stock  will  also  receive  preferential  treatment  in  the  event  of  sale,  merger,  liquidation, 
dissolution or winding up of our company. Additionally, the ownership interest of holders of our common stock 
will be diluted to the extent the Warrant is exercised.  

There  may  be  future  sales  of  additional  common  stock  or  preferred  stock  or  other  dilution  of  our  equity, 
which  may  adversely  affect  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock.  We  are  not  restricted  from  issuing 
additional common stock  or preferred  stock, including any securities that  are  convertible into or exchangeable 
for, or that represent the right to receive, common stock or preferred stock or any substantially similar securities. 
The market value of our common stock could decline as a result of sales by us of a large number of shares of 
common stock or preferred stock or similar securities in the market or the perception that such sales could occur. 

There may be future issuances of additional subordinated debentures, which may adversely affect the market 
price of our common stock. We may issue additional subordinated debentures in connection with the issuance of 
additional  trust  preferred  securities.    Such  additional  debentures  would  rank  senior  to  the  common  stock.  The 
market  value  of  our  common  stock  could  decline  as  a  result  of  future  issuances  or  the  perception  that  such 
issuances could occur. 

Our common stock is not FDIC insured. Bancorp’s common stock is not a savings or deposit account or other 
obligation  of  any  bank  and  is  not  insured  by  the  FDIC  or  any  other  governmental  agency  and  is  subject  to 
investment risk, including the possible loss of principal. Investment in our common stock is inherently risky for 
the reasons described in this “Risk Factors” section and elsewhere in this report and is subject to the same market 
forces that affect the price of common stock in any company. As a result, holders of our common stock may lose 
some or all of their investment. 

Item 1B.  

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  

None  

 22 

 
 
 
 
 
Item 2.  

PROPERTIES 

Bancorp  and  the  Bank’s  executive  offices  are  located  at  1501  Highwoods  Boulevard  in  Greensboro,  NC.  The 
Bank’s principal support and operational functions are located at 38 West First Avenue, Lexington, NC and 202 
South Main Street in Reidsville, NC.  On December 31, 2009, the Bank operated 38 branch offices and two loan 
production  offices  in  its  three  markets:  the  Piedmont  Triad  Region  and  Coastal  Region  of  NC  and  the 
Shenandoah  Valley  Region  of  VA.    The  location  of  the  Bank’s  executive  and  banking  offices,  their  form  of 
occupancy, deposits as of December 31, 2009, and year opened, is described in the accompanying table: 

Location 

Owned or Leased 

1501 Highwoods Boulevard, Greensboro, NC (1) 

38 West First Avenue, Lexington, NC (2) 

202 South Main Street, Reidsville, NC (3) 

11651-D North Main Street, Archdale, NC 

301 East Fremont Street, Burgaw, NC 

2386 Lewisville-Clemmons Road, Clemmons, NC 

1101 North Main Street, Danbury, NC 

801 South Van Buren Road, Eden, NC 

2132 New Garden Road, Greensboro, NC 

4638 Hicone Road, Greensboro, NC 

3202 Randleman Road, Greensboro, NC 

1702 Battleground Avenue, Greensboro, NC 

201 North Elm Street, Greensboro, NC 

200 Westchester Drive, High Point, NC 

120 East Main Street, Jamestown, NC 

131 East Mountain Street, Kernersville, NC 

647 South Main Street, King, NC 

1926 Cotton Grove Road, Lexington, NC 

500 South Main Street, Lexington, NC (4) 

285 Talbert Boulevard, Lexington, NC (5) 

60 New U.S. Highway 64 West, Lexington, NC (5) 

605 North Highway Street, Madison, NC 

11492 Old U.S. Highway 52, Midway, NC 

1646 Freeway Drive, Reidsville, NC 

202 Turner Drive, Reidsville, NC (4) (5) 

8055 Broad Street, Rural Hall, NC (5) 

724 National Highway, Thomasville, NC 

941 Randolph Street, Thomasville, NC 

4481 Highway 150 South, Tyro, NC 

3000 Old Hollow Road, Walkertown, NC 

10335 North NC Highway 109, Wallburg, NC 

6123 Old U.S. Highway 52, Welcome, NC 

161 South Stratford Road, Winston-Salem, NC 

3500 Old Salisbury Road, Winston-Salem, NC 

3384 Robinhood Road, Winston-Salem, NC (5) 

Leased 

Owned 

Owned   

Owned 

Leased 

Owned 

Owned 

Owned 

Owned 

Owned 

Owned 

Owned 

Leased 

Owned 

Owned 

Leased 

Owned 

Owned 

Leased 

Owned 

Leased 

Owned 

Owned 

Owned 

Owned 

Owned 

Owned 

Owned 

Owned 

Owned 

Owned 

Owned 

Leased 

Owned 

Leased 

 23 

Deposits  
(in thousands) 
$          - 

183,940 

71,699 

12,450 

36,808 

20,621 

20,679 

56,276 

81,055 

33,487 

46,231 

13,687 

46 

35,806 

28,215 

18,468 

45,017 

33,575 

- 

18,902 

30,799 

31,021 

30,944 

56,658 

26,887 

14,408 

24,642 

26,763 

20,705 

23,529 

29,472 

51,040 

46,768 

41,263 

18,491 

Year 

2004 

1949 

1910 

2003 

1999 

2001 

1997 

1996 

1997 

2000 

2000 

2008 

2009 

2001 

2004 

1997 

1997 

1968 

2004 

1983 

1969 

1997 

1973 

1972 

1969 

1997 

1993 

1987 

2002 

1997 

1992 

1958 

1997 

1978 

1997 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Location 

Owned or Leased 

704 South College Road, Wilmington, NC 

1001 Military Cutoff Road, Wilmington, NC 

440 South Main Street, Harrisonburg, VA 

1925 Reservoir Street, Harrisonburg, VA (6) 

Leased 

Leased 

Owned 

Owned 

Deposits  
(in thousands) 

41,894 

31,239 

48,943 

20,069 

Year 

1997 

2006 

1988 

2003 

(1) Executive offices of Bancorp and the Bank since July 2007 and November 2007, respectively. 
(2) Former headquarters of LSB and LSB Bank.  Serves as a full service branch as well as an operations center for the Bank. 
(3) Former headquarters of FNB Southeast.  Serves as a full service branch as well as an operations center for the Bank. 
(4) This location is an express drive through facility that only processes transactions and does not open customer accounts. 
(5) During the first quarter of 2010 the Bank closed two branches in Lexington and one branch each in Winston-Salem, Reidsville 
and Rural Hall, as part of a plan to restructure operations in the Piedmont Triad Region. 
(6) On January 27, 2010 the Bank announced that it will close one of its branches in Harrisonburg, VA during the second quarter of 
2010. 

Peoples Finance operates  from  a leased 3,200 square foot, one-story building located at 126 Forest Hill Road, 
Lexington, NC. 

The Bank also operates loan production offices in leased premises in Burlington and Greensboro, NC. 

In  addition,  as  of  December  31,  2009,  the  Bank  also  operated  16  offsite  ATM  machines  in  various  locations 
throughout its markets. 

Further, on December 31, 2009 the Bank assumed the leases for five offices in connection with the acquisition of 
the business operations of Bradford Mortgage Company. 

Item 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

In the ordinary course of operations, Bancorp and its subsidiaries are often involved in legal proceedings. In the 
opinion of management, neither Bancorp nor its subsidiaries is a party to, nor is their property the subject of, any 
material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incidental to their business, nor has any 
such proceeding been terminated during the fourth quarter of Bancorp’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2009. 

 24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

Item 5. 

MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market Prices and Dividend Policies 

Bancorp’s  common  stock  is  traded  on  the  Global  Select  Market  of  the  NASDAQ  Stock  Market  (“NASDAQ 
GSM”)  under  the  symbol  “NBBC”.    The  following  table  shows  the  high,  low  and  closing  sales  prices  of 
Bancorp’s common stock on the NASDAQ GSM, based on published financial sources, for each quarter within 
the last two fiscal years. The table also indicates the cash dividends paid per share during each quarter within the 
last two fiscal years. One cash dividend was paid during each of the first three fiscal quarters of 2008. No cash 
dividends have been paid in any of the last five fiscal quarters. 

Quarter ended 
December 31, 2009 
September 30, 2009 
June 30, 2009 
March 31, 2009 

December 31, 2008 
September 30, 2008 
June 30, 2008 
March 31, 2008 

High
$   2.78
 3.11
2.70
   3.04

$   6.00
 9.11
9.60
10.99

Low
$ 1.89
1.82
 1.39
  0.94

$ 2.01
3.90
 6.76
 8.00

Close Dividends Paid
$       -
$ 2.22
-
2.74
-
2.07
      -
2.11

$ 2.38
4.51
6.90
8.75

$       -
0.05
0.17
 0.17

As of March 10, 2010, there were approximately 7,300 beneficial owners, including 3,331 holders of record, of 
Bancorp’s common stock.   

Holders  of  Bancorp’s  common  stock  are  entitled  to  receive  ratably  such  dividends  as  may  be  declared  by 
Bancorp’s  Board  of  Directors  out  of  legally  available  funds.  The  ability  of  Bancorp’s  Board  of  Directors  to 
declare  and  pay  dividends  on  its  common  stock  is  subject  to  the  terms  of  applicable  North  Carolina  law  and 
banking regulations. Further, except with the U.S. Treasury’s approval, until such time as Bancorp has redeemed 
all of the Series A Preferred Stock or the U.S. Treasury has transferred all of the Series A Preferred Stock to a 
third party, prior to December 12, 2011, the payment of dividends on its common stock is limited to a maximum 
quarterly dividend of $0.05 per share. Also, Bancorp may not pay dividends on its capital stock if it is in default 
or  has  elected  to  defer  payments  of  interest  under  its  junior  subordinated  debentures.  The  declaration  and 
payment of future dividends to holders of Bancorp’s common stock will also depend upon Bancorp’s earnings 
and  financial  condition,  the  capital  requirements  of  Bancorp’s  subsidiaries,  regulatory  conditions  and  other 
factors  as  Bancorp’s  Board  of  Directors  may  deem  relevant.    For  a  further  discussion  as  to  restrictions  on 
Bancorp and the Bank’s ability to pay dividends, please refer to “Item 1 – Supervision and Regulation”. 

The following table sets forth certain information regarding outstanding options and shares available for future 
issuance  under  equity  compensation  plans  as  of  December  31,  2009.    Individual  equity  compensation 
arrangements  are  aggregated  and  included  within  this  table.    This  table  excludes  any  plan,  contract  or 
arrangement  that  provides  for  the  issuance  of  options,  warrants  or  other  rights  that  are  given  to  Bancorp’s 
shareholders  on  a  pro  rata  basis  and  any  employee  benefit  plan  that  is  intended  to  meet  the  qualification 
requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code. 

 25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 Number of Shares 
Remaining Available 
for Future Issuance  
  under Equity 
Compensation Plans 
 (excluding shares 
reflected in  
column (a)) 
(c) 

   Weighted-Average 
    Exercise Price of 
Outstanding Options, 
Warrants and Rights 
(b) 

 Number of Shares to be 
 Issued Upon Exercise of 
    Outstanding Options, 
  Warrants and Rights 
(a) 

896,991 

$ 

      14.45                           1,364,718 

Plan Category 
Equity Compensation Plans 
Approved by Shareholders (1)….. 

Equity Compensation Plans Not 
Approved by Shareholders …….. 
Total ……………………………. 

   - 
              896,991 

- 
      14.45 

$ 

-                        

             1,364,718 

(1)  Includes  568,925  shares to  be  issued  upon the  exercise  of  outstanding  options,  warrants and rights  assumed  in  connection  with  the 
Merger and having a weighted average exercise price of $13.36. 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers 

Bancorp did not repurchase any of its equity securities during 2009. 

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities 

Except as previously reported in a Current Report on Form 8-K, Bancorp did not sell any of its equity securities 
in the last fiscal year which were not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. 

 26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
   
    
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FIVE-YEAR STOCK PERFORMANCE TABLE 

The following table illustrates the cumulative total shareholder return on Bancorp’s common stock over 
the five-year period ended December 31, 2009 and the cumulative total return over the same period of the S&P 
500  Index  (U.S.)  and  The  Carson  Medlin  Company  Independent  Bank  Index  of  25  independent  community 
banks located in eight southeastern states. The table assumes $100 originally invested on December 31, 2004 and 
that all subsequent dividends were reinvested in additional shares.  

NEWBRIDGE BANCORP
Five Year Performance Index

X
E
D
N

I

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

NEWBRIDGE
BANCORP

YEAR

INDEPENDENT
BANK INDEX

S&P 500 
INDEX

NEWBRIDGE BANCORP 
Comparison of Cumulative Total Shareholder Return 
Years Ended December 31 

NewBridge Bancorp 

The Carson Medlin Company's 
Independent Bank Index1 

S&P 500 Index 

2004 

2005 

2006 

2007 

2008 

2009 

100 

100 

100 

109 

108 

105 

108 

125 

121 

73 

91 

128 

17 

73 

81 

16 

85 

102 

1 The Carson Medlin Company’s Independent Bank Index is the compilation of the total return to shareholders over the past five years of a group of 25 
independent community banks located in the southeastern states of Alabama, Florida, Georgia, North Carolina, South Carolina, Tennessee, Virginia and 
West Virginia.  The total five year return was calculated for each of the banks in the peer group taking into consideration changes in stock price, cash 
dividends, stock dividends and stock splits since December 31, 2004.  The individual results were then weighted by the market capitalization of each bank 
relative to the entire peer group.  The total return approach and the weighting based upon market capitalization are consistent with the preparation of the 
S&P 500 total return index. 

 27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.      

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

The  following  table  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  “Item  7  -  Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of 
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operation,”  and  “Item  8  -  Financial  Statements  and  Supplementary  Data,” 
which begin on page 29 and page 54 below, respectively.  

(In thousands, except per share data and performance 
measures) 
SUMMARY OF OPERATIONS 

Years Ended December 31 

2009 

2008 

2007 

2006 

2005 

Interest income........................................................   $ 
Interest expense ......................................................  

98,500  $ 

117,286  $ 

97,621  $ 

       39,156 

       53,852 

       42,368 

67,323  $ 
24,195 

60,425 
16,726

  Net interest income .................................................  
Provision for credit losses.......................................  

59,344 
35,749 

63,434 
25,262 

55,253 
18,952 

43,128 
5,510 

43,699 
3,219

  Net interest income after provision for credit losses 
  Noninterest income .................................................  
  Goodwill impairment ..............................................  
  Noninterest expense ................................................  

23,595 
19,177 
- 
69,546 

38,172 
20,630 
50,437 
72,191 

36,301 
14,998 
- 
62,356 

37,618 
14,290 
- 
43,324 

Income (loss) before income taxes..........................  
Income taxes ...........................................................  

(26,774) 
(11,641) 

(63,826) 
(6,924) 

(11,057) 
(5,394) 

8,584 
2,584 

(15,133) 
  Net income (loss) ....................................................  
  Dividends and accretion on preferred stock............  
(2,917) 
  Net income (loss) available to common shareholders    $   (18,050) 

(56,902) 

(170)     

(5,663) 
- 

 $   (57,072)  $       (5,663)  $ 

6,000 
- 
6,000  $ 

40,480 
13,792 
- 
39,770

14,502 
4,865

9,637 
-
9,637 

  Cash dividends declared .........................................  

  $              -   $       6,106    $         8,255  $ 

5,755  $ 

5,805

SELECTED YEAR END ASSETS 
AND LIABILITIES 

Investment Securities..............................................   $     325,339  $     288,572  $     369,423  $ 
Loans, net of unearned income ...............................  
  Assets......................................................................  
  Deposits ..................................................................  
Shareholders’ equity ...............................................  

    1,463,094  
    1,946,526 
  1,499,310 
164,604 

  1,604,525  
  2,078,627 
  1,663,463 
179,236 

  1,490,084  
  2,057,358 
  1,627,720 
193,153 

147,129  $  128,159 
755,398 
759,978 
975,795 
987,746 
822,173 
817,683 
91,829 
89,309 

PERFORMANCE MEASURES 
  Net income (loss) to average total assets ................  
  Net income (loss) to average shareholders’ equity..  
  Dividend payout......................................................  
  Average shareholders’ equity to average  

           (0.88) %           (2.72) %        (0.40) % 
         (11.75) 
- 

  (29.38)   
N/M 

  (3.76) 
N/M 

   total assets............................................................  

8.30 

     Average tangible shareholders’ equity to average  

   tangible total assets ..............................................  

             8.05 

9.25 

6.73 

9.18 

7.51 

9.44 

9.40 

PER SHARE DATA 

Earnings (loss) per share: 
   Basic ....................................................................  
   Diluted .................................................................  
  Cash dividends declared .........................................  
  Book value at end of year .......................................  

              - 
              7.17 
Tangible book value at end of year………………..                  6.83 

$     (1.15)          $  (3.64)          $  (0.49)       $      0.71 
0.71 
     (1.15)              (3.64)              (0.49)   
0.68 
0.39 
10.60 
8.10 
10.54 
7.72 

0.68 
12.30 
9.10 

 28 

1.00  % 

          10.49    

0.61  % 
6.47 
95.92 

60.24 

9.53 

9.49 

      $     1.13 
1.12 
0.68 
10.77
10.71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
         
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7.  

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 
OPERATIONS 

The following presents management’s discussion and analysis of Bancorp’s consolidated financial condition and 
results  of  operations  and  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related 
notes  included  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  This  discussion  may  contain  forward-looking 
statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ significantly from those anticipated 
in  forward-looking  statements  as  a  result  of  various  factors.    The  following  discussion  is  intended  to  assist  in 
understanding the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of Bancorp.  

Bancorp’s  principal  source  of  income  is  from  dividends  declared  and  paid  by  the  Bank  on  its  issued  and 
outstanding  capital  stock.  The  majority  of  Bancorp’s  operations  occur  at  the  Bank  level.  Throughout  this 
discussion, and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, results of operations will often be discussed by 
referring to the Bank’s operations, unless a specific reference is made to Bancorp and its operating results apart 
from those of the Bank. 

Executive Overview 

The year ended December 31, 2009 was another challenging year for the U.S., including the areas served by the 
Bank, which continued to suffer from the effects of the economic down-turn that began more than a year earlier. 
A  depressed  real  estate  market,  increasing  numbers  of  foreclosures,  historically  high  levels  of  unemployment, 
and  reduced  business  activity  and  consumer  spending  resulted  in  significant  write-downs  of  asset  values  by 
financial institutions, in turn causing many financial institutions to seek additional capital, to merge with larger 
and stronger institutions and, in some cases, to fail. 

Despite these difficult economic conditions, we experienced a number of successes during 2009, including: 

•  Returning to profitability during the fourth quarter of 2009; 
•  Achieving significant reductions in operating and credit-related costs; 
•  Establishing an allowance for credit losses that compares favorable with peer institutions through early 

recognition of credit losses; 

•  Completing the acquisition of the business operations of Bradford Mortgage Company; and 
•  Maintaining  Bancorp’s  and  the  Bank’s  capital  levels  well  above  the  regulatory  levels  required  to  be 

considered “well capitalized.” 

Our goal is to put this adverse credit cycle behind us as quickly as possible, through early recognition of credit 
losses.  We believe we have been largely successful in identifying and taking aggressive action with our problem 
credits,  and  have  positioned  Bancorp  to  take  advantage  of  opportunities  that  arise  when  we  emerge  from  the 
recession and to reward our shareholders.  

Our Community Bank Strategy and Operating Plan 

Background.  Bancorp was created in July 2007, following the merger of equals between FNB and LSB.  In 
November,  2007  the  subsidiary  banks  of  FNB  and  LSB,  FNB  Southeast  and  LSB  Bank,  merged  to  form 
NewBridge Bank, which became the largest community bank in the Piedmont Triad Region of North Carolina.  
In  July  2008 Pressley  A.  Ridgill  was  named  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  Bancorp,  having  become  President  of 
Bancorp, and Chief Executive Officer and President of the Bank in 2007.  Mr. Ridgill was previously President 
and Chief Executive Officer of FNB. 

During  2008  Mr.  Ridgill  enhanced  his  executive  management  team.  The  management  team  members  were 
selected  for  their  talents,  experience  and  commitment  to  Bancorp’s  Guiding  Principles  and  basic  concept  that 
“Financial Success Begins with Integrity”. During 2009 the executive management team began to re-define and 
implement our Community Bank Strategy and Operating Plan.  

 29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Strategy.    As  a  community  bank,  we  believe  that  the  Bank’s  ability  to  secure  significant  returns  for  our 
shareholders can best be achieved through consistent delivery of superior client service to small- and mid-size 
businesses and consumers in a manner that the large national and super regional banks are unable or unwilling to 
emulate.  As of December 31, 2009 all but five of the Bank’s 38 branch offices are located in the Piedmont Triad 
Region,  a  market  with  approximately  $33  billion  of  deposits.  This  market  is  dominated  by  large  national  and 
regional banks, with approximately 80% of the market’s deposits residing in banks with more than $10 billion of 
assets, and only 3% of those balances held at our Bank. Consequently, our strategy is to focus on growing the 
Bank’s  market  share  in  the  Piedmont  Triad  Region,  where  a  relatively  small  increase  in  market  share  has  the 
potential to deliver extraordinary gains for Bancorp. 

Operating Plan.  To ensure the effective implementation of our strategy, management developed our 2009 and 
2010  Operating  Plans  to  include  measurable  goals  that  communicate  throughout  the  organization  the  steps 
needed to improve Bancorp’s financial results.  The Operating Plan objectives for 2010 include: 

Improve asset quality; 

(cid:131) 
(cid:131)  Manage the net interest margin; 
(cid:131) 
Increase noninterest income; 
(cid:131)  Control noninterest expense; and 
(cid:131)  Position the Company to fulfill its Vision and Mission. 

Improve Asset Quality  Management’s primary objective is to put the adverse affects of the recession behind us 
as quickly as possible through early recognition of credit losses.  We believe we have been largely successful in 
identifying  and  taking  appropriate  aggressive  action  with  our  problem  credits.    We  believe  that  this  prudent 
approach  allows  us  to  continue  through  the  remainder  of  2010  with  the  expectation  that  our  future  financial 
performance will benefit from lower credit-related costs. 

At December 31, 2009 non-performing assets increased $36.9 million to $85.6 million or 4.40% of total assets, 
from $48.6 million or 2.34% of total assets at December 31, 2008.  Non-performing loans totaled $58.2 million 
at December 31, 2009 and were down 9%, or $5.8 million, from their peak level at June 30, 2009.  At December 
31,  2009  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  totaled  $35.8  million,  or  2.45%  of  total  loans  and  62%  of  non-
performing loans.  With most specific losses being recognized directly as charge-offs, the Bank’s allowance for 
loan losses consists primarily of non-specific allowances for loans that are not impaired.  Specific impairments 
have  been  largely  recognized  in  net  charge-offs  that  totaled  $35.7  million  for  the  twelve  months  ending 
December  31,  2009.    Since  the  beginning  of  the  2008  declining  credit  cycle,  charge-offs  have  totaled  $55 
million.  Of  the  remaining  $58.2  million  of  non-performing  loans,  we  believe  that  losses  have  largely  been 
recognized through the $55 million of charge-offs. 

Manage the Net Interest Margin   Net  interest  income  is  the  Bank’s  primary  source  of  revenue,  and  is  the 
difference between interest income and interest expense.  In order to effectively manage our net interest income, 
management must manage the Bank’s net interest margin, which is the net yield on earning assets less the cost of 
interest bearing liabilities, as well as its level of earning assets and funding mix.   

During 2009 management began to implement several steps to improve its management and control of the net 
interest margin, including: 

(cid:131)  Enhance  our  interest  rate  risk  management  tools.    Early  in  2009  management  engaged  an  outside 
consultant  to  begin preparing  management’s  interest  rate  risk  management  tools.    Our  selected  vendor 
works  with  more  than  300  banks  across  the  country  and  has  been  a  leader  in  the  asset  liability 
management field since the 1980’s. 

(cid:131)  Reduce  the  Bank’s  dependence  on  high-cost  time  deposits  in  favor  of  lower-cost  core  accounts, 

including DDA, NOW checking, money market and savings accounts. 

(cid:131)  Price loans consistently while considering relationship pricing for deposit and other key relationships. 

 30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:131) 

Implement  a  more  disciplined  and  accountable  budget  process  to  include  monitoring  loan,  investment 
and deposit yields and balances so that variances are questioned and controllable items are controlled. 

While net interest income declined $4.1 million in 2009 to $59.3 million, net interest income and the net interest 
margin  improved  steadily  throughout  2009.    In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009  net  interest  income  exceeded  net 
interest income during the 2008 fourth quarter by $2.0 million, totaling $16.5 million for the three months ending 
December 31, 2009.   

The increase in net interest income for the fourth quarter of 2009 was due primarily to a 72 basis point rise in the 
Bank’s  net  interest  margin  from  2.91%  during  the  three  months  ended  June  30,  2009  to  3.63%  for  the  three 
months ended December 31, 2009.  The margin improved during the year as the cost of time deposits fell.  The 
weighted  average  deposit  cost  fell  126  basis  points  to  1.60%  for  the  quarter  ending  December  31,  2009, 
compared to 2.86% for the quarter ending December 31, 2008.  During 2008 the Bank faced irrational deposit 
pricing  pressure  from  competing  financial  institutions.    The  dramatically  increased  cost  of  deposits  caused 
intense margin compression during late 2008 and the first two quarters of 2009.  As management shifted liability 
strategies,  high-cost  time  deposits  left  the  Bank  for  higher  rates  elsewhere  and  were  replaced  with  lower-cost 
core deposit accounts.  NOW checking accounts were featured in the Bank’s marketing campaigns, resulting in 
an  increase  of  $90.7  million,  or  50.2%,  in  NOW  account  balances  between  June  30,  2009  and  December  31, 
2009.  At December 31, 2009 DDA, NOW,  money market and savings account balances totaled 55.0% of the 
Bank’s deposits compared to 45.9% at December 31, 2008. 

Increase Noninterest Income  While the Bank’s primary source of revenue is net interest income, management is 
also  actively  searching  for  opportunities  to  diversify  revenues  through  the  growth  in  fee  income  which  will 
provide  additional  value  to  our  clients.    We  believe  market  conditions  remain  favorable  to  grow  our  existing 
investment services and mortgage banking activities through organic development and through acquisitions, to 
the extent that the business models fit with our Vision and Mission. 

Noninterest  income  declined  $1.5  million  in  2009  to  $19.2  million  compared  to  $20.6  million  in  2008.    The 
decline  in  revenues  (excluding  one-time  events)  was  due  primarily  to  reduced  retail  banking  revenues,  which 
was  a  result  of  industry-wide  trends  that  we  believe  are  favorable  to  consumers  as  the  banking  industry 
implements  improved  consumer  protection  processes  and  policies.    The  Bank  took  steps  to  increase  mortgage 
banking  fees  in  2010  through  the  acquisition  on  December  31,  2009  of  the  business  operations  of  Bradford 
Mortgage Company, an established community mortgage company operating principally in the Piedmont Triad 
Region.   

Control noninterest expense  We believe that the Bank will emerge from the recession as a more disciplined and 
efficient  business,  with  greater  opportunities  for  long-term  success.    Core  to  the  execution  of  management’s 
operating plan is the implementation of a disciplined cost management culture where “that which is within our 
control is controlled.”  While certain items such as FDIC insurance costs have proven to be outside our control, 
the vast majority of noninterest-related expenses are controllable.   

A key element to changing the Bank’s cost management culture is the implementation of a line-item accountable 
budget process.  Our budgets are now built around a philosophy we termed as the “CAST” philosophy, which is 
an acronym for: 

(cid:131)  Conservative in forecasts and expectations; 
(cid:131)  Accountable on an account by account basis; 
(cid:131)  Specific to each individual in the organization so goals and budgets are understood; and 
(cid:131)  Timely, so that continued monitoring and adjustments can be made 

In  an  extraordinary  demonstration  of  this  philosophy,  the  Bank  lowered  its  2009  noninterest  expense  by  $8.9 
million compared to 2008, excluding one time costs, such as the impairment of goodwill and losses on disposal 
of  branch  locations,  and  a  $3.5  million  increase  in  the  cost  of  FDIC  insurance.    We  are  pleased  that  our 
efficiency  ratio  declined  from  over  90%  early  in  2009  to  71%  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009.    The 
improvement in our efficiency ratio was due in large part to management’s ability to focus the Bank’s attention 
 31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
on eliminating excess costs and inefficient products, services and delivery channels from legacy operations.  As 
we  continue  through  2010  we  believe  the  improved  cost  management  culture  will  significantly  improve  the 
organization’s financial performance. 

Position the Bank to fulfill its Vision and Mission  We are keenly aware that the Bank is a community bank.  We 
live in our communities, serve our communities and take deposits and lend them back to our communities.  Our 
community bank model encourages growth in our communities.  It is unlike the business model of many large 
regional  and  national  banks,  which  take  wealth  in  deposits  from  our  communities  and  redeploy  this  wealth  as 
investments in large metropolitan areas.  In order to position our Bank to fulfill its Vision and Mission, we must 
ensure the organization has the right products, people and delivery channels to be able to serve our communities 
in the manner that fulfills our Vision and Mission. 

In  2009  the  Bank  made  a  number  of  disciplined  but  difficult  decisions,  including  a  thorough  assessment  of 
branch locations.  The assessment targeted the elimination of waste, inefficiency and duplication throughout our 
franchise.  Management developed a methodology that evaluated each location’s pre-tax contributions, age and 
state  of  the  facility,  ease  of  closure,  market  demographics  and  overall  fit  within  our  strategic  plan.    When  the 
assessment was completed, management announced that seven low-performing branch offices would eventually 
be  closed,  and  three  new  branch  offices  would  be  added  to  support  current  and  future  customers.  The  first  of 
these new branches was opened in downtown Greensboro late in 2009. 

Finally, capital planning has remained paramount in this environment.  Despite a challenging year, during which 
reserves  grew  and  loans  were  charged-off,  Bancorp’s  capital  levels  remain  well  above  the  regulatory  levels 
required  to  be  considered  “well  capitalized”.  At  December  31,  2009  Bancorp’s  total  risk  based  capital  was 
12.27%, well above the minimum “well capitalized” level of 10.00%.  

Financial Condition at December 31, 2009 and 2008 

Bancorp’s consolidated assets of $1.95 billion at year end 2009 reflects a decrease of 6.4% from year end 2008, 
following an increase of 1.0% during the previous year.  The decrease from year end 2008 to year end 2009 is 
primarily  a  result  of  a  decline  in  Bancorp’s  loan  portfolio,  while  the  increase  from  year  end  2007  to year  end 
2008  was  primarily  due  to  loan  growth,  partially  offset  by  the  write  off  of  goodwill.    Total  average  assets 
decreased  1.8%  from  $2.09  billion  in  2008,  to  $2.05  billion  in  2009,  while  average  earning  assets  increased 
0.9%,  from  $1.91  billion  in  2008,  to  $1.93  billion  in  2009.    The  decrease  in  total  average  assets  was  also 
primarily  the  result  of  a  decrease  in  loans  outstanding,  while  the  slight  increase  in  average  earning  assets  was 
driven by an increase in interest bearing bank balances. 

Gross loans decreased $141.4 million during 2009, or 8.8%, compared to increases of 7.7% in 2008 and 96.1% 
in 2007.  The decrease in loans is due primarily to principal repayment on existing loans coupled with soft loan 
demand  in  the  current  economic  down  turn.    Loans  secured  by  real  estate  totaled  $1.22  billion  in  2009  and 
represented 83.4% of total loans, compared with 82.3% at year end 2008.  Within this category, residential real 
estate  loans  decreased  4.4%  to  $605.0  million  and  construction  loans  decreased  19.0%  to  $177.3  million.  
Commercial loans totaled $593.4 million at year end 2009, a decrease of 3.9% from the end of 2008.  Consumer 
loans  decreased  38.3%  during  2009,  ending  the  year  at  $75.5  million.    Management  believes  the  Bank  is  not 
dependent on any single customer or group of customers concentrated in a particular industry, the loss of whose 
deposits or whose insolvency would have a material adverse effect on operations.  

Investment securities (at amortized cost) totaled $317.9 million at year end 2009, a 12.0% increase from $283.7 
million at year end 2008.  U.S. Government agency securities totaled $49.0 million, or 15.4% of the portfolio at 
year end 2009, compared to $56.6 million, or 20.0% of the portfolio one year earlier.  Management believes that 
the additional risk of owning agency securities over U.S. Treasury securities is negligible and has capitalized on 
the favorable spreads available on the former.  Mortgage backed securities totaled $77.4 million, or 24.4% of the 
portfolio, at December 31, 2009, compared to $97.8 million, or 34.5% of the portfolio at the previous year end.  
State  and  municipal  obligations  amounted  to  $105.2  million  at  year  end  2009,  and  comprised  33.1%  of  the 
portfolio, compared to $115.6 million, or 40.8% of the portfolio a year earlier. During 2009, the Company also 

 32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
began  investing  in  corporate  bonds  and  collateralized  mortgage  obligations  (CMOs).    Corporate  bonds  totaled 
$34.0 million, or 10.7% of the portfolio, of which $29.1 million were covered bonds, while CMOs totaled $35.1 
million,  or  11.0%  of  the  portfolio.    The  Company’s  investment  strategy  is  to  achieve  acceptable  total  returns 
through  investments  in  securities  with  varying  maturity  dates,  cash  flows  and  yield  characteristics.   U.S. 
Government  agency  securities  are  generally  purchased  for  liquidity  and  collateral  purposes,  mortgage  backed 
securities are purchased for yield and cash flow purposes, and longer maturity municipal bonds are purchased for 
yield and income generation.  The Company categorizes the majority of its investment portfolio as “Available for 
Sale,” while a small portion is categorized as “Held to Maturity”.  The table, “Investment Securities,” presents 
the composition of the securities portfolio for the last three years, as well as information about cost, fair value 
and weighted average yield. 

The  competition  for  deposits  within  the  Bank’s  market  areas  increased  significantly  during  2008  as  larger 
national and regional banks increased their rates in an effort to attract deposits and maintain adequate liquidity.  
The Bank, which historically has relied on appropriate pricing and high quality customer service to retain and 
increase  its  retail  deposit  base,  was  forced  to  compete  with  higher  rates  offered  by  the  larger  national  and 
regional  banks  in  order  to  satisfy  its  deposit  requirements.    During  2009,  the  Company  shifted  its  liability 
strategy,  reducing  its  dependence  on  high  cost  time  deposits  in  favor  of  lower  cost  core  accounts,  including 
DDA, NOW checking, money market and savings accounts. 

Total deposits decreased $164.2 million to $1.50 billion at December 31, 2009, a 9.9% decrease from a total of 
$1.66  billion  one  year  earlier.  This  change  was  the  result  of  a  reduction  in  time  deposits,  as  the  interest  rates 
offered  by  the  Bank  declined  substantially  during  the  year.    This  decrease  was  partially  offset  by  increases  in 
money market deposits, as the Bank’s new “FastForward Checking” product, introduced in the third quarter of 
2009, grew to $79.7 million at December 31, 2009. 

In  order  to  attract  additional  deposits  when  necessary,  the  Bank  uses  several  different  sources  such  as 
membership  in  an  electronic  deposit  gathering  network  that  allows  it  to  post  interest  rates  and  attract  deposits 
from  across  the  U.S.  (bulletin  board  deposits),  brokered  certificates  of  deposit  secured  through  broker/dealer 
partnerships and deposits obtained through the Promontory InterFinancial Network, also known as CDARS. The 
Bank’s reliance on bulletin board deposits has continued to decrease during 2009.  Brokered deposits decreased 
from $37.6 million at year end 2008 to $15.0 million at year end 2009, while CDARS has increased from $51.6 
million at year end 2008 to $58.0 million at year end 2009.  

The  Bank  also  has  a  credit  facility  available  with  the  FHLB  of  Atlanta.    The  Bank  utilized  a  portion  of  the 
approximately  $401.5  million  credit  line  with  the  FHLB  of  Atlanta  to  fund  earning  assets.  FHLB  borrowings 
totaled  $165.2  million  at  year  end  2009.    In  addition  to  the  credit  line  at  the  FHLB,  the  Bank  has  borrowing 
capacity  at  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  totaling  $75.5  million,  of  which  there  was  $27.6  million  outstanding  at 
December  31,  2009.    Management  believes  these  credit  lines  are  a  cost  effective  and  prudent  alternative  to 
deposit balances, since particular amounts, terms and structures may be selected to meet current needs. 

Financial Condition at December 31, 2008 and 2007 

As discussed in Item 1 “Business – General”, Bancorp was created as a result of the Merger of LSB and FNB, 
effective July 31, 2007.  When reading the following discussion of financial condition at December 31, 2008 and 
2007, note that Bancorp’s results of operations for the full year 2007 do not include the operating results for FNB 
prior to July 31, 2007. 

Bancorp’s consolidated assets of $2.08 billion at year end 2008 reflect an increase of 1.0% over year end 2007.  
The increase from year end 2007 to year end 2008 is primarily a result of growth in Bancorp’s loan portfolio, 
partially offset by the write off of goodwill.  Total average assets increased 46.9% from $1.42 billion in 2007, to 
$2.09 billion in 2008.  During 2008, Bancorp experienced a 45.2% increase in average earning assets, as average 
earning assets totaled $1.91 billion in 2008, compared to $1.32 billion in 2007.  The increases in total average 
assets and average earning assets were primarily attributable to the Merger, as the assets of the former FNB are 
only included for five months of 2007.   

 33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross loans increased $114.4 million during 2008, or 7.7%, compared to increases of 96.1% in 2007 and 0.6% in 
2006.    Loans  secured  by  real  estate  totaled  $851.5  million  in  2008  and  represented  53.1%  of  total  loans, 
compared with 55.3% at year end 2007.  Within this category, residential real estate loans increased 10.0% to 
$632.7  million  and  construction  loans  decreased  11.9%  to  $218.7  million.    Commercial  loans  totaled  $617.6 
million at year end 2008, an increase of 8.1% from the end of 2007.  Consumer loans increased 33.3% during 
2008, ending the year at $122.4 million.   

Investment securities (at amortized cost) totaled $283.7 million at year end 2008, a 22.3% decrease from $365.1 
million at year end 2007.  U.S. Government agency securities totaled $56.6 million, or 20.0% of the portfolio at 
year end 2008, compared  to $140.8 million, or 38.6% of the portfolio one year earlier.  Management believes 
that the additional risk of owning agency securities over U.S. Treasury securities is negligible and has capitalized 
on the favorable spreads available on the former.  Mortgage backed securities totaled $97.8 million, or 34.5% of 
the portfolio, at December 31, 2008, compared to $106.8 million, or 29.2% of the portfolio at the previous year 
end.  State and municipal obligations amounted to $115.6 million at year end 2008, and comprised 40.8% of the 
portfolio, compared to $105.7 million, or 29.0% of the portfolio a year earlier. 

Total  deposits  increased  $35.7  million to  $1.66 billion  at  December  31, 2008,  a  2.2%  increase  from  a  total  of 
$1.63 billion one year earlier. This change was the result of increased time deposits, partially offset by decreases 
in demand deposits and money market deposits. 

Net Interest Income 

Like most financial institutions, the primary component of the Company’s earnings is net interest income. Net 
interest income is the difference between interest income, principally from loans and investments, and interest 
expense, principally on customer deposits and borrowings. Changes in net interest income result from changes in 
volume  and  changes  in  interest  rates  earned  and  paid.  Volume  refers  to  the  average  dollar  level  of  interest-
earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities.  Spread  refers  to  the  difference  between  the  average  yield  on 
interest-earning assets and the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities, and margin refers to net interest income 
divided by average interest-earning assets. Spread and margin are influenced by the levels and relative mix of 
interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, as well as by levels of noninterest-bearing liabilities.  

 Average  Balances  and  Net  Interest  Income  Analysis.  The  accompanying  table  sets  forth,  for  the  years  2007 
through  2009,  information  with  regard  to  average  balances  of  assets  and  liabilities,  as  well  as  the  total  dollar 
amounts  of  interest  income  from  interest-earning  assets  and  interest  expense  on  interest-bearing  liabilities, 
resultant yields or rates, net interest income, net interest spread, net interest margin and ratio of average interest-
earning  assets  to  average  interest-bearing  liabilities.  Average  loans  include  nonaccruing  loans,  the  effect  of 
which is to lower the average yield.  

 34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Average Balances and Net Interest Income Analysis 

Fully taxable equivalent basis(1) (Dollars in thousands) 

2009 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 
Income/ 
Average 
Expense  Yield/Rate 

Average 
Balance 

2008 

Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 

Average 
Yield/Rate 

Average 
Balance 

2007 

Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 

Average 
Yield/Rate 

Earning assets: 
  Loans receivable(2) .........................   $  1,538,777 
 197,132 
  Taxable securities ..........................    
 109,622 
     Tax exempt securities....................    
  FHLB stock ……………………...               11,177 
     Interest-bearing bank balances                     54,667 
 18,751 
  Federal funds sold..........................    

$    84,089 
  9,425 
  6,754 
   4 
  186 
       46 

8.06 % 
6.49 %      $ 1,060,522    $  85,460 
5.46 %  $  1,575,064      $    101,550 
4.89  
8,560 
175,139 
5.33  
 10,229 
 191,766 
4.78  
5.62 
3,415 
60,717 
5.76  
  6,539 
 113,480 
6.16  
467 
7,512 
3.58 
6.22  
 368 
0.04                   10,281 
3,829 
 267 
0.34                   10,189 
209           5.41 
2.62 
            424           4.72 
  9,077 
114           1.02  
 11,187 
0.25  

Total earning assets.................       1,930,126 

 100,504 

5.21            1,911,967  

     119,067 

6.23 

  1,316,796 

98,535 

7.48 

Non-earning assets: 
24,120  
  Cash and due from banks...............    
  Premises and equipment ................    
42,889  
  Other assets  ...................................              97,936  
(40,584)  
  Allowance for credit losses............    

41,829  
 45,415 
       124,075  
       (31,020)  

38,845 
29,583 
54,067 
     (15,516)  

Total assets..............................   $   2,054,487   

               $   2,092,266 

              $  1,423,775 

Interest-bearing liabilities: 
  Savings deposits.............................   $ 
  NOW deposits................................    
  Money market deposits..................    
  Time deposits.................................    
  Other Borrowings ..........................    
  Borrowings from Federal 

40,703 
195,626 
390,042 
853,100 
75,462 

$ 

41 
  778 
         4,327 
       26,746 
2,559 

0.10 %  $ 
0.40  
1.11  
3.14  
3.39  

  41,430          $ 

   65   
       170,221  
            802   
       429,322              10,145   
       838,205              33,660   
         3,697   
         92,296  

0.16 % 
0.47 
2.36 
4.02 
4.01 

  35,688 
$ 
     146,843 
     337,413 
     499,802 
       38,677 

121   
$ 
         1,041   
       13,070   
       22,454   
         1,048   

0.34 % 
0.71 
3.87 
4.49 
2.69 

Home Loan Bank ......................    

149,559 

  4,706 

3.15  

      148,206  

5,483    

3.70 

90,201 

4,634   

5.15 

Total interest-bearing liabilities  

1,704,492 

  39,157 

2.30  

    1,719,680  

53,852    

3.13 

  1,148,624 

42,368   

3.69 

Other liabilities and shareholders’ 
 equity: 
  Demand deposits............................    
  Other liabilities ..............................    
  Shareholders’ equity ......................    

158,436 
 20,988 
 170,571 

Total liabilities and  
  shareholders’ equity..............   $    2,054,487  

Net interest income and net 

interest margin(3) .....................    

Interest rate spread(4) ..........................     

164,712 
         14,223  
       193,651  

     132,066 
12,320 
  130,765 

$  2,092,266  

             $  1,423,775  

 _________ 

$    61,347 

3.18 %  

$ 

  65,215  

3.41 %  

$  56,167   

4.27 % 

2.91 % 

3.10 % 

         3.79% 

(1) 

(2) 

(3) 

(4) 

Income related to securities exempt from federal income taxes is stated on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, assuming a federal income tax 
rate  of  35%,  and  is  then  reduced  by  the  non-deductible  portion  of  interest  expense.  The  adjustments  made  to  convert  to  a  fully  taxable-
equivalent basis were $2,004 for 2009, $1,781 for 2008, and $914 for 2007. 

Average  loans  receivable  include  non-accruing  loans.    Amortization  of  loan  fees,  net  of  deferred  costs,  of  $1,449,  $2,231,  and  $2,224  for 
2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, are included in interest income. 

Net interest margin is computed by dividing taxable-equivalent net interest income by average earning assets. 

Interest rate spread is computed by subtracting interest-bearing liability rate from earning asset yield. 

 35 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
   
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Volume and Rate Variance Analysis 

The  following  table  analyzes  the  dollar  amount  of  changes  in  interest  income  and  interest  expense  for  major 
components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The table identifies (i) changes attributable 
to volume (changes in volume multiplied by the prior period’s rate), (ii) changes attributable to rate (changes in 
rate multiplied by the prior period’s volume), and (iii) net change (the sum of the previous columns). The change 
attributable  to  both  rate  and  volume  (changes  in  rate  multiplied  by  changes  in  volume)  have  been  allocated, 
based on the absolute value, between changes attributable to volume and changes attributable to rate. 

Volume and Rate Variance Analysis 
Fully taxable-equivalent basis(1) (in thousands) 

 Volume 
Variance(2) 

2009                                                                         2008 
    Rate 
Variance(2) 

 Volume 
Variance(2) 

   Total 
Variance 

    Rate 
Variance(2) 

  Total 
Variance 

Interest income: 
Loans receivable ................. …………………………  $ 
Taxable investment securities ……………………… 
Tax exempt investment securities ...... ……………… 
FHLB stock................................. …………………… 
Interest-bearing bank balances ....... ………………… 
Federal funds sold... ………………………………… 
     Total interest income ......... ……………………… 

$  (15,247) 
(2,214) 
      (1,082)  
           278  
           443   
(228) 
             29   
(393) 
           320                   (401)   
         (117)  
             49  
     (16,799) 
       (1,764) 

$  (19,606) 
$     16,090 
           812                   1,669 

$  (17,461) 
$     35,696 
         (804)                     857  
           215                  3,037                       87                   3,124   
             (99) 
         (364)  
          (237) 
           138  
              58 
           (81)                    207                    (149) 
(310) 
          (393) 
           (68)                      83   
20,532 
     (19,486) 
       40,018 

(18,563) 

Interest expense: 
           (56) 
Savings deposits ................. ………………………… 
NOW deposits……………………………………….                  107                   (131)                    (24)                     149                  (388)                  (239) 
Money market deposits………………………………                (857)               (4,961)              (5,818)                  1,356                (4,281)              (2,925) 
Time deposits………………………………………..                  589                 (7,503)              (6,914)                13,775                (2,569)             11,206 
        (1,138)                 1,956                     693                2,649 
Other borrowings......................................................... 
           (777)                 2,410  
Borrowings from FHLB ..................................... …… 
        19,663 
      (14,695) 
     Total interest expense …………………………… 

           (616)                   (522) 
              49                     (826) 
       (13,966) 

            (24)                       17                    (73)  

               (1)                    (23) 

         (1,561) 
         (8,179) 

           849   
      11,484 

(729) 

Increase (decrease) in net interest income ..... ………  $       (1,035) 

$      (2,833) 

$      (3,868)   

$     20,355 

$     (11,307)    $      9,048   

(1) 

Income  related  to  securities  exempt  from  federal  income  taxes  is  stated  on  a  fully  taxable-equivalent  basis,  assuming  a  federal 
income tax rate of 35% and is then reduced by the non-deductible portion of interest expense. 

(2)  The volume/rate variance for each category has been allocated on a consistent basis between rate and volume variances, based on 

the percentage of rate, or volume, variance to the sum of the two absolute variances. 

Results of Operations –Years Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 

Net Income. Net loss available to common shareholders for 2009 was $18.1 million, representing a net loss per 
diluted share of $1.15, compared to net loss to common shareholders of $57.1 million, or $3.64 per diluted share 
the prior year. Excluding the goodwill impairment, the net loss available to common shareholders for 2008 was 
$6.6  million,  representing  a  net  loss  per  diluted  share  of  $0.42.    The  decrease  in  net  loss  for  2009  is  mostly 
attributed  to  the  write  off  of  $50.4  million  of  goodwill  during  2008,  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  the 
provision  for  credit  losses  as  a  result  of  the  continued  weakness  in  the  national  and  regional  economies.    Net 
interest income after provision for credit losses decreased by $14.6 million, or 38.2%, as compared to 2008.  The 
taxable equivalent net interest  margin decreased 23 basis points during 2009, to 3.18%, from 3.41% for  2008.  
Noninterest  income  decreased  $1.5  million,  or  7.0%,  in  2009,  while  noninterest  expense  for  2009  decreased 
$53.1 million, or 43.3%.  The provision for loan losses in 2009 was $35.7 million, up $10.5 million, or 41.5% 
from  $25.3  million  in  2008.    Return  on  average  assets  for  2009  was  (0.98)%  compared  to  (2.72)%  for  2008.  
Return on average shareholders' equity for 2009 was (11.75)% compared to (29.38)% in 2008.  The Company 
experienced some balance sheet contraction during 2009, primarily as a result of a decrease in the loan portfolio.  
There was a decrease in loans of $141.4 million, or 8.8%.  Consolidated assets in 2009 decreased $132.1 million, 
or 6.4% compared to 2008.  Consolidated deposits decreased in 2009 by $164.2 million, or 9.9% compared to 
2008.  

 36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Interest Income. Net interest income represents the gross profit from the lending and investment activities of 
a  banking  organization  and  is  the  most  significant  factor  affecting  the  earnings  of  the  Company.    Net  interest 
income is influenced by changes in interest rates, volume and the mix of these various components.  Net interest 
income for 2009, on a taxable-equivalent basis, decreased $3.9 million, or 5.9%, compared to 2008.  This was 
primarily due to a decline in net interest margin, which decreased 23 basis points.   Average earning assets in 
2009 increased $18.2 million, or 0.9%, to $1.93 billion, compared to $1.91 billion in 2008.  Average interest-
bearing  liabilities  for  2009  decreased  $15.2  million,  or  0.9%,  to  $1.70  billion,  compared  to  $1.72  billion  for 
2008.   

The taxable-equivalent net interest margin for 2009 decreased to 3.18%, compared to 3.41% for 2008, a decline 
of 23 basis points.  During 2009, the Bank reduced its dependence on high cost time deposits, and, as a result, net 
interest income and the net interest margin improved steadily throughout 2009.  In 2009, the average yield on 
earning assets decreased by 102 basis points while the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 83 
basis points, which resulted in a decrease in the interest rate spread in 2009 of 19 basis points compared to the 
prior year. 

The table, “Average Balances and Net Interest Income Analysis,” summarizes net interest income and average 
yields earned, and rates paid for the years indicated, on a taxable-equivalent basis. The table, “Volume and Rate 
Variance Analysis” presents the changes in interest income and interest expense attributable to volume and rate 
changes between the years indicated. 

Provision for Credit Losses and Allowance for Credit Losses. The Company recorded a $35.7 million provision 
for  credit  losses  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2009,  compared  to  a  $25.3  million  provision  during  the 
previous year.  The increase in 2009 is primarily a result of continued weakness in asset and credit quality caused 
by  the  downturn  in  the  real  estate  market,  disruption  and  volatility  in  the  financial  markets,  and  the  overall 
decline in the local and national economies.  In addition, during 2009, the Company has improved its process for 
identifying  and  taking  appropriate  aggressive  action  with  its  problem  credits.    The  Company’s  allowance  for 
credit  losses  remained  essentially  unchanged  from  the  prior  year  end  and  was  $35.8  million  at  December  31, 
2009. The allowance for credit losses expressed as a percentage of total loans increased from 2.23% at December 
31, 2008 to 2.45% at December 31, 2009.   

Noninterest  Income.  In  2009,  noninterest  income  decreased  $1.5  million,  or  7.0%,  and  totaled  $19.2  million 
compared to $20.6 million in 2008.  Fee income from service charges on deposit accounts for 2009 decreased 
$0.8 million, or 8.6%, compared to 2008.  Noninterest income for 2009 includes $0.4 million in gains from the 
sales of investment securities, compared to $2.5 million of such gains during the previous year.  These declines were 
partially offset by growth in mortgage banking revenue and investment services income, which increased 51.8% 
and 35.7%, respectively from the previous year.  Other income for 2009 includes a $1.1 million gain from the 
sale of  merchant card services, and also includes $0.6 million of income on an investment in bank-owned life 
insurance, compared to $1.1 million of income from bank-owned life insurance in 2008.  For the detailed change 
in other operating income please see the table “Other Operating Income and Expenses” in Note 13 of the Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Noninterest Expense. In 2009, noninterest expense was $69.5 million, representing a decrease of $53.1 million, 
or  43.3%,  from  2008.    The  decrease  was  primarily  the  result  of  the  write  off  of  $50.4  million  of  goodwill  in 
2008.  Excluding one time costs, such as the impairment of goodwill, losses on disposal of branch locations, and 
a $3.5 million increase in the cost of FDIC insurance, non-interest expense declined $8.9 million for the twelve 
months  ending  December  31,  2009  compared  to  the  same  period  in  2008.    Personnel  expense,  consisting  of 
employee salaries and benefits, decreased $4.3 million, or 12.2%, primarily as a result of headcount reductions 
taken  during  the  year.    For  the  detailed  changes  in  other  operating  expenses,  please  see  the  table  “Other 
Operating Income and Expense” in Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. 

Provision for Income Taxes. Bancorp recorded a tax benefit of $11.6 million in 2009, compared to a tax benefit 
totaling $6.9 million in 2008.  The tax benefits in both years are primarily attributable to the provisions for credit 
losses and asset writedowns recorded during those years.  Bancorp’s effective tax rates were (43.5)% in 2009 and 
 37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(10.8)% in 2008.  Excluding the goodwill impairment in 2008, the effective rate for 2008 was (51.7)%.  In 2009, 
the  difference  between  the  effective  tax  rate  and  the  statutory  rate  was  principally  due  to  tax  exempt  interest 
income.  In 2008, the difference between the effective rate and the statutory rate was primarily the result of the 
write off of goodwill.   

Results of Operations –Years Ended December 31, 2008 and 2007 

Net Income. Net loss available to common shareholders for 2008 was $57.1 million, representing a net loss per 
diluted share of $3.64, compared to net loss of $5.7 million, or $0.49 per diluted share the prior year. Excluding 
the goodwill impairment, the net loss available to common shareholders for 2008 was $6.6 million, representing 
a net loss per diluted share of $0.42.  The increase in net loss for 2008 is mostly attributed to the write off of 
$50.4  million  of  goodwill  during  2008,  and  to  an  increase  in  the  provision  for  credit  losses  as  a  result  of  the 
deterioration in the national economy during the year, as well as lower net interest margin caused by the Federal 
Reserve’s interest rate reductions.  Net interest income after provision for credit losses increased by $2.5 million, 
or 7.0%, as compared to 2007.  The taxable equivalent net interest margin decreased 83 basis points during 2008, 
to  3.41%,  from  4.27%  for  2007.    Noninterest  income  increased  $5.6  million,  or  37.2%,  in  2008,  while 
noninterest expense for 2008 increased $60.9 million, or 97.7%.  The provision for loan losses in 2008 was $25.3 
million, up $6.3 million, or 33.3% from $19.0 million in 2007.  Return on average assets for 2008 was (2.72)% 
compared  to  (0.40)%  for  2007.    Return  on  average  shareholders'  equity  for  2008  was  (29.38)%  compared  to 
(3.76)% in 2007.  The Company experienced a small amount of balance sheet growth during 2008, primarily as a 
result  of  an  increase  in  the  loan  portfolio.    There  was  an  increase  in  loans  of  $114.4  million,  or  7.7%.  
Consolidated  assets  in  2008  increased  $21.3  million,  or  1.0%  compared  to  2007.    Consolidated  deposits 
increased in 2008 by $35.7 million, or 2.2% compared to 2007.  

Net Interest Income. Net interest income represents the gross profit from the lending and investment activities of 
a  banking  organization  and  is  the  most  significant  factor  affecting  the  earnings  of  the  Company.    Net  interest 
income is influenced by changes in interest rates, volume and the mix of these various components.  Net interest 
income for 2008, on a taxable-equivalent basis, increased $9.7 million, or 17.2%, compared to 2007.  This was 
primarily  due  to  substantial  increases  in  both  earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities  as  a  result  of  the 
Merger, partially offset by the decline in net interest margin.   Average earning assets in 2008 increased $595.2 
million, or 45.2%, to $1.91 billion, compared to $1.32 billion in 2007.  Average interest-bearing liabilities for 
2008 increased $571.1 million, or 49.7%, to $1.72 billion, compared to $1.15 billion for 2007.   

The taxable-equivalent net interest margin for 2008 decreased to 3.41%, compared to 4.27% for 2007, a decline 
of 83 basis points.  The market for deposits continued to be very competitive in 2008, requiring the Bank to keep 
deposit rates at a relatively high level in order to attract and retain deposits, while a series of Federal Reserve 
interest  rate  reductions  substantially  lowered  yields  on  loans.    In  2008,  the  average  yield  on  earning  assets 
decreased by 122 basis points while the average rate on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by 56 basis points, 
which resulted in a decrease in the interest rate spread in 2008 of 66 basis points compared to the prior year. 

The table, “Average Balances and Net Interest Income Analysis,” summarizes net interest income and average 
yields earned and rates paid for the years indicated, on a taxable-equivalent basis. The table, “Volume and Rate 
Variance Analysis” presents the changes in interest income and interest expense attributable to volume and rate 
changes between the years indicated. 

Provision  for  Credit  Losses  and  Allowance  for  Credit  Losses.  Bancorp  recorded  a  $25.3  million  provision  for 
credit  losses  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2008,  compared  to  a  $19.0  million  provision  during  the 
previous  year.    The  increase  in  2008  is  primarily  a  result  of  weakening  asset  and  credit  quality  caused  by  the 
downturn in the real estate market, disruption and volatility in the financial markets, and the overall decline in 
the  local  and  national  economies.    Bancorp’s  allowance  for  credit  losses  increased  from  $30.4  million  at 
December  31,  2007  to  $35.8  million  at  December  31,  2008.  The  allowance  for  credit  losses  expressed  as  a 
percentage of total loans increased from 2.04% at December 31, 2007 to 2.23% at December 31, 2008.  

Noninterest  Income.  In  2008,  noninterest  income  increased  $5.6  million,  or  37.2%,  and  totaled  $20.6  million 
compared  to  $15.0  million  in  2007.    Fee  income  from  service  charges  on  deposit  accounts  for  2008  increased 
 38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$1.5 million, or 19.7%, compared to 2007, as a result of the additional deposit accounts acquired in the Merger.    
Noninterest  income  for  2008  includes  $2.5  million  in  gains  from  the  sales  of  investment  securities.    Other 
operating income for 2008 increased $1.5 million, or 22.1% to $8.4 million, from $6.9 million in 2007.  Other 
income for 2008 includes $1.1 million of income on an investment in bank-owned life insurance, compared to 
$462,000  in  2007.    For  the  detailed  change  in  other  operating  income  please  see  the  table  “Other  Operating 
Income and Expenses” in Note 13 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on 
Form 10-K. 

Noninterest Expense. In 2008, noninterest expense was $123.3 million, representing an increase of $60.9 million, 
or  97.7%,  from  2007.    The  increase  was  primarily  the  result  of  the  write  off  of  $50.4  million  of  goodwill. 
Personnel expense, consisting of employee salaries and benefits, increased $5.1 million, or 16.5%, primarily as a 
result  of  the  increased  personnel  due  to  the  Merger,  partially  offset  by  headcount  reductions  taken  during  the 
year.  Occupancy expense increased to $4.5 million for 2008 compared to $2.9 million in 2007, and furniture and 
equipment  expense  increased  to  $4.7  million  for  2008  compared  to  $3.6  million  in  2007,  as  a  result  of  the 
Merger.  Other expense includes increases in automated services and advertising expenses during 2008 compared 
to 2007, also related to the Merger.  For the detailed changes in other operating expenses, please see the table 
“Other  Operating  Income  and  Expense”  in  Note  13  of  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

Provision for Income Taxes. Bancorp recorded a tax benefit of $6.9 million in 2008, compared to a tax benefit 
totaling $5.4 million in 2007.  The tax benefits in both years are primarily attributable to the provisions for credit 
losses and asset writedowns recorded during those years.  Bancorp’s effective tax rates were (10.8)% in 2008 and 
(48.8)% in 2007.  Excluding the goodwill impairment in 2008, the effective rate for 2008 is (51.7)%.  In 2008, 
the  difference  between  the  effective  rate  and  the  statutory  rate  was  primarily  the  result  of  the  write  off  of 
goodwill.  In 2007, the difference between the effective tax rate and the statutory rate was principally due to tax 
exempt interest income. 

Liquidity and Cash Flow 

Market and public confidence in our financial strength and in the strength of financial institutions in general will 
largely determine our access to appropriate levels of liquidity. This confidence is significantly dependent on our 
ability to maintain sound asset quality and appropriate levels of capital resources. Liquidity management refers 
to the policies and practices that ensure the Bank has the ability to meet day-to-day cash flow requirements based 
primarily on activity in loan and deposit accounts of the Bank’s customers.  Management measures our liquidity 
position by giving consideration to both on- and off-balance sheet sources of, and demands for, funds on a daily 
and  other  periodic  bases.  Deposit  withdrawals,  loan  funding  and  general  corporate  activity  create  the  primary 
needs  for  liquidity  for  the  Bank.    Sources  of  liquidity  include  cash  and  cash  equivalents,  net  of  federal 
requirements to maintain reserves against deposit liabilities, investments available for sale, loan repayments, loan 
sales,  increases  in  deposits,  and  increases  in  borrowings  from  the  FHLB  secured  with  pledged  loans  and 
securities,  and  from  correspondent  banks  under  overnight  federal  funds  credit  lines  and  securities  sold  under 
repurchase agreements. 

Bancorp  has  sufficient  cash  and  cash  equivalents  on  hand  at  December  31,  2009  to  provide  for  Bancorp’s 
obligations and service its debt for approximately three years. 

The  investment  portfolio  at  December  31,  2009  included  securities  with  a  par  value  of  approximately  $135.4 
million with call features, whereby the issuers of such securities have the option to repay the security before the 
contractual maturity date.  Bancorp anticipates that a number of these debt instruments may be called by their 
issuers during 2010, due to the continued low interest rates available for short term debt issuance. 

The Bank has the ability to manage, within competitive and cost of funds constraints, increases in deposits within 
its market areas.  The Bank is a member of an electronic network that allows it to post interest rates and attract 
certificates of deposit nationally.  It also utilizes CDARS and brokered deposits to supplement in-market deposit 
growth.    

 39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Bank has established wholesale repurchase agreements with regional brokerage firms. The Bank can access 
this additional source of liquidity by pledging investment securities with the brokerage firms. 

Liquidity  is  further  enhanced  by  a  line  of  credit  with  the  FHLB,  amounting  to  approximately  $401.5  million, 
collateralized  by  FHLB  stock,  investment  securities,  qualifying  1  to  4  family  residential  mortgage  loans,  and 
qualifying commercial real estate loans.  Based upon collateral pledged, as of December 31, 2009, the borrowing 
capacity  under  this  line  was  $263.6  million,  with  $48.4  million  available  to  be  borrowed.   The  Bank provides 
various reports to the FHLB on a regular basis to  maintain the availability of the credit line.  Each borrowing 
request to the FHLB is initiated through an advance application that is subject to approval by the FHLB before 
funds  are  advanced  under  the  line  of  credit.    In  addition  to  the  credit  line  held  at  the  FHLB,  the  Bank  has 
borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond (“Federal Reserve Bank”) totaling $75.5 million, 
of which $27.6 million was outstanding at December 31, 2009.      

As presented in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, Bancorp generated $12.1 million in operating cash 
flow  during 2009,  compared  to  $21.9 million  in  2008 and  $19.1  million  in  2007.    The  decrease  from  2008  to 
2009 was primarily a result of an increase in loans held for sale during 2009 compared to a decrease in loans held 
for  sale  during  2008.    The  increase  from  2007  to  2008  is  the  result  of  an  increase  in  the  provision  for  credit 
losses,  as  well  as  an  increase  in  loans  held  for  sale,  which  was  partially  offset  by  a  decline  in  other  assets 
compared to the previous year.   

Cash provided by investing activities was $102.2 million in 2009, compared to cash used for investing activities 
of $115.6 million and $45.1 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively.  Cash flows for 2009 included an inflow of 
$83.9 million related to a decrease in the loan portfolio, compared to cash outflows of $156.3 million in 2008 as 
the loan portfolio increased.  The increase in cash used in 2008 compared to 2007 was primarily a result of an 
increase  in  loans  made  to  customers,  partially  offset  by  net  proceeds  from  maturities  of  available  for  sale 
securities.  In addition, Bancorp acquired $14.8 million in cash as a result of the Merger in July 2007.  

Cash used in financing activities was $115.4 million in 2009, compared to cash provided by financing activities 
of $80.8 million in 2008 and $38.2 million in 2007.  Cash flows for 2009 included an outflow of $225.8 million 
related to a decrease in time deposits, while 2008 included cash inflows of $85.9 million from increases in time 
deposits.  The increase in cash provided from 2007 to 2008 is primarily the result of the proceeds from issuance 
of preferred stock and warrants.  The cash provided by financing activities in 2007 was reduced by payments to 
the Federal Home Loan Bank to reduce outstanding borrowings.   

Contractual Obligations and Commitments 

In  the  normal  course  of  business  there  are  various  outstanding  contractual  obligations  of  Bancorp  that  will 
require future cash outflows. In addition, there are commitments and contingent liabilities, such as commitments 
to extend credit, which may or may not require future cash outflows. Payments for borrowings do not include 
interest.  Payments  related  to  leases  are  based  on  actual  payments  specified  in  the  underlying  contracts.  The 
following table reflects the material contractual obligations of Bancorp outstanding as of December 31, 2009. 

 40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Contractual Obligations 
(in thousands) 

Junior subordinated notes and wholesale 
repurchase agreements 
Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings 
Federal Reserve Bank borrowings 
Operating lease obligations 
Purchase obligations 
Other long-term liabilities 

    Total contractual cash  obligations 
excluding deposits 

Within One 
Year 

$        10,000  
112,500 
27,600 
1,657 
4,454 
2,383 

Payments Due by Period 

One Year 
to Three 
Years 

Three Years 
to Five 
Years 

After 
Five 
Years 

$      15,000  
37,700 

        - 

 $                -  
          15,000 
           - 

2,198 
1,477 
2,657 

1,534 
682 
2,941 

$    46,774  
          - 
          - 
         727 
 580 
8,613 

Total 

$      71,774 
165,200 
27,600 
6,116 
7,193 
16,594 

158,594 

59,032 

20,157 

56,694 

294,477 

Deposits 
     Total contractual cash obligations 

1,415,830 
$   1,574,424 

76,399 
$    135,431 

6,722 
$        26,879 

359 
$    57,053  

1,499,310 
$ 1,793,787 

Capital Resources 

Banks, bank holding companies, and financial holding companies, as regulated institutions, must meet required 
levels  of  capital.    The  Federal  Reserve  and  the  FDIC  have  minimum  capital  regulations  or  guidelines  that 
categorize  components  and  the  level  of  risk  associated  with  various  types  of  assets.    Financial  institutions  are 
required to maintain a level of capital commensurate with the risk profile assigned to their assets in accordance 
with the guidelines.  On August 26, 2005, FNB completed a private placement of trust preferred securities in the 
amount  of  $25.0  million,  and  contributed  $24.0  million  of  the  proceeds  to  its  bank  subsidiary  as  capital  to 
support the bank’s growth.  See Note 8 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of 
FNB’s issuance of trust preferred securities. On December 12, 2008, the Company sold Series A Preferred Stock 
and a Warrant to the U.S. Treasury for $52.4 million as part of the CPP.   As shown in Note 19 of the Notes to 
the Consolidated Financial Statements, the Company and the Bank both maintained capital levels exceeding the 
minimum levels required to be categorized as “well capitalized” for each of the three years presented.  

The  Company’s  stock  repurchase  program  expired  on  May  31,  2009.  The  Company  did  not  repurchase  any 
shares under the stock repurchase program during 2009. 

On  July  31,  2007,  the  Company  issued  7,554,362  shares  of  its  common  stock  valued  at  approximately  $117 
million in the Merger. 

Lending Activities 

General.  The Bank offers a broad array of lending services, including construction, real estate, commercial and 
consumer  loans,  to  individuals  and  small  to  medium-sized  businesses  and  retail  clients  that  are  located  in  or 
conduct a substantial portion of their business in the Bank’s market areas.  The Bank’s total loans at December 
31,  2009,  were  $1.46  billion,  or  75.2%  of  total  assets.    At  December  31,  2009,  the  Bank  had  no  large  loan 
concentrations  (exceeding  10%  of  its  portfolio)  in  any  particular  industry,  other  than  real  estate.    The  Bank’s 
legal lending limit at December 31, 2009 was $32.3 million and the largest credit relationship was approximately 
$14.2 million. 

Loan Composition.  The following table summarizes, at the dates indicated, the composition of the Bank’s loan 
portfolio and the related percentage composition.  A substantial portion of the increases from 2006 to 2007 are as 
a result of the Merger. 

 41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary of Loan Portfolio 
(dollars in thousands)  

                 2009 

% Of 
Total 
Amount  Loans 

2008 
  % Of 
Total 
Amount  Loans 

        December 31 
2007 
  % Of 
Total 
Amount  Loans 
40.6  %  $ 617,591  38.5  %  $ 571,575  38.4  %  $ 279,372       36.8  %  $ 288,240  
  38,179 
12.1   
 354,322 
41.3   
  72,336 
5.2   
  2,321 
0.8   

  248,222  16.6   
  575,139  38.6   
6.2   
  91,826 
0.2   
3,322 

  218,741  13.6   
  632,729  39.5   
7.6   
  122,412 
0.8   
  13,052 

2005____ 
% Of 
Total 
Amount  Loans 
38.1  % 
5.0 
46.9 
9.6 
0.4 

% Of 
Total 
Amount  Loans 

  59,959 
 357,772 
  60,953 
  1,922 

7.9   
47.1   
8.0   
0.2   

2006 

Commercial ....................................................  $ 593,423 
Real estate – construction...............................    177,285 
Real estate – mortgage ...................................    605,060 
Consumer........................................................    75,469 
Other ...............................................................    11,857 

Total ................................................$  1,463,094  100.0  %  $ 1,604,525  100.0  %  $ 1,490,084  100.0  %  $ 759,978   100.0  %  $ 755,398   100.0  % 

The Company has no foreign loan activity. 

Real Estate Loans.  Loans secured by real estate for a variety of purposes constituted $782.3 million, or 53.5%, 
of the Bank’s total loans at December 31, 2009.  At year end 2009, the Bank had real estate loan relationships of 
various  sizes  ranging  up  to  $13.1  million  and  commitments  up  to  $14.2  million,  secured  by  office  buildings, 
retail establishments, residential development and construction, warehouses, motels, restaurants and other types 
of property.  Loan terms are typically limited to five years, with payments through the date of maturity generally 
based on a 15-20 year (15-30 year for owner-occupied single and multi-family properties) amortization schedule.  
Interest  rates  may  be  fixed  or  adjustable,  based  on  market  conditions,  and  the  Bank  generally  charges  an 
origination fee.  Management has attempted to reduce credit risk in the real estate portfolio by emphasizing loans 
on  owner-occupied  office,  multi-family  and  retail  buildings  where  the  loan  to  value  ratio,  established  by 
independent  appraisals,  does  not  exceed  70%  to  80%,  and  net  projected  cash  flow  available  for  debt  service 
amounts  to  at  least  120%  to  135%  of  the  debt  service  requirement.    The  Bank  also  often  requires  personal 
guarantees and personal financial statements from the principal owners in such cases.   

During  the  second  quarter  of  2005,  Prince  George  Court  Holdings,  Inc,  a  subsidiary  of  the  Bank,  acquired  a 
partially completed residential condominium development project in Georgetown, South Carolina by means of a 
deed-in-lieu  of  foreclosure  in  satisfaction  of  a  $3.4  million  loan  previously  made  to  develop  the  project.  
Writedowns were recorded for $400,000 in 2005 and $1.0 million in 2006.  In the first quarter of 2007, the Bank 
began to build out the project in preparation for future sale.  In the fourth quarter of 2007, management made the 
property available for sale, while at the same time continuing to build out the project, and recorded an additional 
$2.0 million writedown.  A further writedown of $1.3 million was recorded during the fourth quarter of 2008.  
As of December 31, 2009, construction of the project is complete, two units have been sold and marketing of the 
remaining 14 units continues.  The property has a carrying value of approximately $4.1 million as of December 
31, 2009. 

The Bank originates fixed and adjustable rate mortgages as well as FHA, VA and USDA Government supported 
loans for resale into the secondary market.  The Bank provides a bank-held mortgage product to accommodate 
qualified borrowers who do not meet all the standards for a conventional secondary market mortgage.  During 
2009  the  Bank  originated $97.4  million  of  loans  in  these  various  categories.    Included  in  real  estate  mortgage 
loans are home equity revolving lines of credit, with $234.7 million outstanding as of December 31, 2009. 

Real  Estate  -  Construction  Loans.    The  Bank’s  current  lending  strategy  is  to reduce  exposure  in  this  portfolio 
segment.  The Bank expects that the majority of its new construction and development loans on commercial and 
residential projects will be in the range of $300,000 to $5.0 million.  At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Bank 
held $177.3 million and $218.7 million of such loans.  To reduce credit risk associated with such loans, the Bank 
emphasizes small commercial centers that are substantially preleased, or residential projects that are substantially 
presold and built in strong, proven markets.  The leases on commercial projects must generally result in a loan to 
appraised value of 75% to 80% or less and a net cash flow to debt service at no less than 120% to 135%. The 
Bank  typically  requires  a  personal  guarantee  from  the  developer  or  builder.    Loan  terms  are  generally  12-15 
months,  although  the  Bank  occasionally  will  make  a  “mini-permanent”  loan  for  purposes  of  construction  and 
development of up to a five year term.  Rates can be either fixed or variable, and the Bank usually charges an 
origination  fee.    The  Bank  experienced  net  charge-offs  from  real  estate  loans  of  $28.5  million  in  2009,  $12.0 
million in 2008, and $3.6 million in 2007.   

 42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial  Loans.    The  Bank  makes  loans  for  commercial  purposes  to  various  types  of  businesses.    At 
December  31,  2009,  the  Bank  held  $593.4  million  of  commercial  loans,  or  40.6%  of  its  total  loan  portfolio.  
Equipment  loans  are  typically  made  on  terms  up  to  five  years  at  fixed  or  variable  rates,  with  the  financed 
equipment  pledged  as  collateral  to  the  Bank.    The  Bank  attempts  to  reduce  its  credit  risk  on  these  loans  by 
limiting the loan to value percentage to 80%. Working capital loans are made on terms typically not exceeding 
one year.  These loans may be secured or unsecured, but the Bank attempts to limit its credit risk by requiring the 
borrower to demonstrate its capacity to produce net cash flow available for debt service equal to 120% to 150% 
of its debt service requirements.  The Bank experienced net charge-offs from commercial loans of $3.4 million in 
2009, $4.1 million in 2008, and $3.3 million in 2007.   

Consumer Loans.  Using a centralized underwriting process, the Bank makes a variety of loans to individuals for 
personal  and  household  purposes,  including  (i)  secured  and  unsecured  installment  and  term  loans  originated 
directly by the Bank; (ii) unsecured revolving lines of credit, and (iii) amortizing secured lot loans.  Certain of 
the direct loans are secured by the borrowers’ residences.  At December 31, 2009, the Bank held $75.5 million of 
consumer loans.  During 2009, 2008, and 2007, the Bank experienced net consumer chargeoffs of $3.9 million, 
$3.7 million, and $1.5 million, respectively. 

Loan  Approval  and  Review.    When  the  aggregate  outstanding  loans  to  a  single  borrower  or  related  entities 
exceed an individual officer’s lending authority, the loan request must be considered and approved by an officer 
with a higher lending limit.  All consumer purpose loan decisions are made by the Bank’s Central Underwriting 
Support Group.  Area executives can generally approve commercial relationships up to $750,000. If the lending 
request exceeds the area executive’s lending limit, the loan must be submitted to and approved by a senior credit 
officer.  A senior credit officer has authority to approve commercial relationships up to $2,500,000 on a secured 
basis.    All  loan  relationships  in  excess  of  $2,500,000  must  be  approved  by  the  Chief  Credit  Officer  (“CCO”), 
who  may  approve  loan  relationships  up  to  $5,000,000.  Loan  relationships  exceeding  $5,000,000  up  to 
$10,000,000 must be unanimously approved by a committee of a senior credit officer, the CCO, and the Bank’s 
Chief  Executive  Officer  (“CEO”).    Loan  relationships  over  $10,000,000  must  be  approved  by  the  Credit 
Management Committee of the Bank’s Board of Directors. 

The Bank’s Loan Review Program is headed by the Loan Review Manager, who reports directly to the Credit 
Management  Committee  of  the  Bank’s  Board  of  Directors.    The  Program  includes  the  Annual  Loan  Review 
Coverage Plan which is approved by the Credit Management Committee and which stipulates a certain number 
of loan reviews to be completed by the Loan Review Manager and employees under his or her guidance, and an 
additional number of loan reviews to be completed by independent loan review consulting firms.  In addition, all 
loan officers are charged with the responsibility of reviewing their portfolios and making adjustments to the risk 
ratings as needed.  The “Watch Loan Committee”, which includes the CCO, the Special Assets Manager and the 
Special Assets Officers, reviews all loans graded special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss on a monthly 
basis, and this meeting is observed by the Loan Review Manager and summarized for the Credit Management 
Committee, also on a monthly basis.   

The Bank’s credit review  system supplements its loan rating system, pursuant to which the Bank  may place  a 
loan on its criticized asset list or may classify a loan in one of various other classification categories.  A specified 
minimum  percentage  of  loans  in  each  adverse  asset  classification  category,  based  on  the  historical  loss 
experience of the Bank in each such category, are used to determine the adequacy of the Bank’s allowance for 
credit losses monthly.  These loans are also individually reviewed by the Watch Loan Committee of the Bank to 
determine whether a greater allowance allocation is justified due to the facts and circumstances of a particular 
adversely classified loan. 

The  Bank’s  loan  portfolio  is  analyzed  on  an  ongoing  basis  to  evaluate  current  risk  levels,  and  risk  grades  are 
adjusted accordingly.  The Bank’s allowance for credit losses is also analyzed monthly by management.  This 
analysis includes a methodology that separates the total loan portfolio into homogeneous loan classifications for 
purposes  of  evaluating  risk.    The  required  allowance  is  calculated  by  applying  a  risk  adjusted  reserve 
requirement to the dollar volume of loans within a homogenous group.  Major loan portfolio subgroups include: 
risk  graded  commercial  loans,  mortgage  loans,  home  equity  loans,  retail  loans  and  retail  credit  lines.    The 
provisions  of  ASC  310-10-35  “Loans  that  Are  Identified  for  Evaluation  or  that  Are  Individually  Considered 
 43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired” are applied to individually significant loans.  Finally, individual reserves may be recorded based on a 
review  of  loans  on  the  watch  list.    See  also  Note  5  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K.   

Loan Portfolio – Maturities and Interest Rate Sensitivities 
(in thousands) 

One Year 
or Less 

$   125,825 
95,549 
68,726 
26,846 
1,100 
$ 318,046 

Maturity 

Over One 
Year  to 
Five Years 

$ 378,585 
56,996 
171,877 
44,712 
58 
$ 652,228 

Over 
Five 
Years 

$  89,013 
24,740 
364,457 
3,911 
10,699 
$ 492,820 

Maturity Greater Than One Year 
Floating or 
Adjustable 
Rate 

Fixed Interest 
Rate 

$  355,145 
59,085 
123,740 
44,301 
725 
$ 582,996 

$    112,453 
22,651 
412,594 
4,322 
10,032 
$ 562,052 

Total 

$ 593,423 
177,285 
605,060 
75,469 
11,857 
$ 1,463,094 

Commercial 
Real estate – construction 
Real estate – mortgage 
Consumer 
Other 
          Total 

Asset Quality 

The Bank considers asset quality to be of primary importance, and employs a formal internal loan review process 
to ensure adherence to its lending policy as approved by the Bank’s Board of Directors. See “Lending Activities 
– Loan Approval and Review”.  It is the responsibility of each lending officer to assign an appropriate risk grade 
to every loan originated. Credit Administration, through the loan review process, validates the accuracy of the 
initial  risk  grade  assessment.  In  addition,  as  a  given  loan’s  credit  quality  improves  or  deteriorates,  it  is  the 
lending officer’s responsibility to recommend appropriate changes in the borrower’s risk grade.  

Currently, the grading process utilized  by the Bank is segmented by product type. This methodology does not 
provide a direct correlation with groupings utilized in the other tables presenting loan information.  

The Bank’s loan portfolio consists of loans made for a variety of commercial and consumer purposes. Because 
commercial loans are made based to a great extent on the Bank’s assessment of a borrower’s income, cash flow, 
character and ability to repay, such loans are generally viewed as involving a higher degree of credit risk than is 
the  case  with  residential  mortgage  loans  or  consumer  loans.  To manage  this  risk,  the  Bank’s  commercial  loan 
portfolio  is  managed  under  a  defined  process  which  includes  underwriting  standards  and  risk  assessment, 
procedures for loan approvals, loan grading, ongoing identification and management of credit deterioration and 
portfolio  reviews  to  assess  loss  exposure  and  to  ascertain  compliance  with  the  Bank’s  credit  policies  and 
procedures.  

Allocation of Allowance for Credit Losses 
(in thousands) 

                 2009 

% Of 
Total 
Amount  Loans 

2008 
  % Of 
Total 
Amount  Loans 

        December 31 
2007 
  % Of 
Total 
Amount  Loans 

% Of 
Total 
Amount  Loans 

2006 

Commercial ....................................................  $  10,648 
Real estate – construction...............................    11,662 
9,615 
Real estate – mortgage ...................................   
3,858 
Consumer........................................................   
60 
Other ...............................................................   

40.6  %  $  7,351  38.5  %  $  11,185  38.4  %  $  2,724 
  1,032 
12.1   
  3,827 
41.3   
  1,606 
5.2   
375 
0.8   

  13,039  13.6   
8,555  39.5   
7.6   
6,742 
0.8   
118 

6,945  16.6   
7,928  38.6   
6.2   
4,295 
0.2   
17 

2005____ 
% Of 
Total 
Amount  Loans 
38.1  % 
5.0 
46.9 
9.6 
0.4 

36.8  %  $  2,404 
911 
7.9   
  3,377 
47.1   
  1,417 
8.0   
331 
0.2   

Total ..................................................  $  35,843  100.0  %  $  35,805  100.0  %  $  30,370  100.0  %  $  9,564  100.0  %  $  8,440  100.0  % 

The allowance for credit losses has been allocated on an approximate basis.  The entire amount of the allowance is available to absorb 
losses occurring in any category.   The allocation is not necessarily indicative of future losses. 

In  general,  consumer  loans  (including  mortgage  and  home  equity)  have  a  lower  risk  profile  than  commercial 
loans. Commercial loans (including commercial real estate, commercial non real estate and construction loans) 
are generally larger in size and more complex than consumer loans. Commercial real estate loans are deemed less 

 44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
risky than commercial non real estate and construction loans, because the collateral value of real estate generally 
maintains its value better than non real estate or construction collateral.  The Bank has little or no exposure to 
subprime lending.  Consumer loans, which are smaller in size and more geographically diverse across the Bank’s 
entire primary market areas, provide risk diversity across the portfolio. Because mortgage loans are secured by 
first  liens  on  the  consumer’s  residential  real  estate,  they  are  the  Bank’s  lowest  risk  profile  loan  type.  Home 
equity  loans  are  deemed  less  risky  than  unsecured  consumer  loans  because  home  equity  loans  and  lines  are 
secured by first or second deeds of trust on the borrower’s residential real estate. A centralized decision-making 
process is in place to control the risk of the consumer, home equity and mortgage loan portfolio. The consumer 
real estate appraisal process is also centralized relative to appraisal engagement, appraisal review, and appraiser 
quality  assessment.  These  processes  are  detailed  in  the  underwriting  guidelines,  which  cover  each  retail  loan 
product type from underwriting, servicing, compliance issues and closing procedures.  

Management  follows  a  loan  review  program  designed  to  evaluate  the  credit  risk  in  its  loan portfolio.  Through 
this loan review process, the Bank maintains an internally classified watch list that helps management assess the 
overall  quality  of  the  loan  portfolio  and  the  adequacy  of  the  allowance  for  credit  losses.  In  establishing  the 
appropriate classification for specific assets, management considers, among other factors, the estimated value of 
the  underlying  collateral,  the  borrower’s  ability  to  repay,  the  borrower’s  payment  history  and  the  current 
delinquent  status.  As  a  result  of  this  process,  certain  loans  are  categorized  as  special  mention,  substandard, 
doubtful or loss and reserves are allocated based on management’s judgment and historical experience.  

The  function  of  determining  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  fundamentally  driven  by  the  risk  grade  system. 
The allowance for credit losses represents management’s estimate of the appropriate level of reserve to provide 
for  probable  losses  inherent  in  the  loan  portfolio.    In  determining  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  and  any 
resulting provision to be charged against earnings, particular emphasis is placed on the results of the loan review 
process. Consideration is also given to a review of individual loans, historical loan loss experience, the value and 
adequacy of collateral and economic conditions in the Bank’s market areas. For loans determined to be impaired, 
the allowance is based on discounted cash flows using the loan’s initial effective interest rate or the fair value of 
the collateral for certain collateral dependent loans. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material 
estimates, including the amounts and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans that 
may  be  susceptible  to  significant  change.  In  addition,  various  regulatory  agencies,  as  an  integral  part  of  their 
examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance for credit losses. Such agencies may require the 
Bank to recognize changes to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the 
time of their examinations. Loans are charged off when in the opinion of management, they are deemed to be 
uncollectible. Recognized losses are charged against the allowance, and subsequent recoveries are added to the 
allowance.  

Management believes the allowance for credit losses of $35.8 million at December 31, 2009 is adequate to cover 
probable losses in the loan portfolio; however, assessing the adequacy of the allowance is a process that requires 
continuous evaluation and considerable judgment. Management’s judgments are based on numerous assumptions 
about current events which it believes to be reasonable, but which may or may not be valid. Thus, there can be 
no assurance that credit losses in future periods will not exceed the current allowance or that future increases in 
the allowance will not be required. No assurance can be given that management’s ongoing evaluation of the loan 
portfolio in light of changing economic conditions and other relevant circumstances will not require significant 
future additions to the allowance, thus adversely affecting future operating results of the Bank.  

The following table presents an analysis of the changes in the allowance for credit losses. 

 45 

 
 
 
Analysis of Allowance for Credit Losses 
(in thousands, except ratios) 

2009 

Average amount of loans outstanding...........   $  1,538,777 
Amount of loans outstanding ........................  
  1,463,094 
Allowance for credit losses: 
  Balance on January 1 ................................   $ 
Loans charged off: 
  Secured by real estate ...............................  
  Commercial ..............................................  
Installment ................................................  
  Credit Card ...............................................  
Total charge-offs...................................  

29,870 
3,699 
4,649 
276 
38,494 

35,805 

Recoveries of loans previously charged off: 
  Secured by real estate ...............................  
  Commercial ..............................................  
Installment ................................................  
  Credit Card ...............................................  
Total recoveries.....................................  
Net loans charged off....................................  
Provision for loan losses ...............................  
Allowance acquired via merger ....................  

Balance on December 31 ......................   $ 

Ratio of net charge-offs of loans to average 

1,392 
316 
1,023 
52 
2,783 
35,711 
35,749 
- 
35,843 

$ 

loans outstanding during the year .............  
Ratio of allowance to loans outstanding…… 
Ratio of non-performing assets to 
   loans outstanding…………………………      
Ratio of allowance to non-performing loans.. 
Ratio of allowance to non-performing loans, 
   net of non-performing loans for which the 
   full loss has been charged off…………..… 

As of or for the Years Ended 
December 31 
  2007 
$  1,060,522 
  1,490,084 

$ 

 2008 
$  1,575,064 
  1,604,525 

   2006 

756,088 
759,978 

      2005 
$  752,420 
       755,398 

$ 

30,370 

$ 

9,564 

$ 

8,440 

$ 

7,962 

12,335 
5,062 
4,771 
300 
22,468 

338 
978 
1,240 
85 
2,641 
19,827 
25,262 
- 
35,805 

3,793 
3,384 
2,014 
221 
9,412 

152 
100 
603 
101 
956 
8,456 
18,952 
10,310 
30,370 

$ 

$ 

144 
1,864 
3,153 
286 
5,447 

11 
406 
580 
64 
1,061 
4,386 
5,510 
- 
9,564 

$ 

267 
1,324 
1,414 
234 
3,239 

66 
256 
134 
42 
498 
2,741 
3,219 
-
8,440 

2.32  % 
   2.45  %    

1.26  %   
     2.23  %     

0.79  % 
       2.04  %   

0.58  %   

0.36  % 
         1.26  %                1.12  % 

   5.85  %    
 61.56  %    

     3.03  %     
   90.52  %     

       1.16  %               1.30  % 
   234.35  %   

           0.54  % 
     161.50  %            228.35  % 

        104.52  %      

   90.52  %     

   234.35  %   

     161.50  %            228.35  % 

Commercial loans.  All commercial loans within the portfolio are risk graded among nine risk grades based on 
management’s  evaluation  of  the  overall  credit  quality of  the  loan,  including  the  payment  history,  the  financial 
position  of  the  borrower,  the  underlying  collateral  value,  an  internal  credit  risk  assessment  and  examination 
results.    There  is  an  increased  reserve  percentage  for  each  successively  higher  risk  grade.    As  a  result,  the 
allowance is adjusted upon any migration of a loan to a higher risk grade within the commercial loan portfolio. 

The reserve percentages utilized have been determined by management to be appropriate based on historical loan 
loss levels and the risk for each corresponding risk grade.  Following the Merger, the Bank elected to adjust the 
reserve percentage for certain risk grades, based on its analysis of the history of the combined loan portfolio and 
the associated chargeoffs, as well as current economic conditions.  Based on these revisions, approximately $1.4 
million  was  added  to  the  allowance  for  credit  losses  at  the  end  of  2007.    The  Bank  had  76.08%  of  its  total 
commercial loans in risk grades that are deemed acceptable or better at year end 2009, compared to 82.14% at 
year end 2008. 

Mortgage,  home  equity,  and  credit  lines.    Reserves  are  calculated  on  mortgage,  home  equity,  and  credit  lines 
based on historical loss experience and current economic conditions.  The average rolling eight quarter net loss 
percentage  is  calculated  for  each  of  these  loan  categories.    The  reserve  requirement  also  includes  a  reserve 
percentage for current economic conditions.  The sum of these two components is applied to the dollar balance of 
loans in each of these categories to determine the required reserve. 

Retail  loans.    The  retail  loans  are  pooled  together  to  determine  the  reserve  requirement.    The  average  rolling 
eight  quarter  net  loss  percentage  is  calculated  for  this  loan  category.    The  reserve  requirement  also  includes  a 
reserve percentage for current economic conditions.  The sum of these two components is applied to the dollar 
balance of retail loans to determine the required reserve for current loans and loans past due less than 90 days.  A 
separate reserve is calculated for loans past due 90 days or more.  A reserve amount equal to 25.0% of all retail 

 46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
loans  past  due  90  days  or  more  is  added  to  the  above  mentioned  requirement  to  determine  the  total  reserve 
requirement for retail loans.       

Specific  impairment.    Management  evaluates  significant  loans  graded  substandard,  doubtful  and  loss  on  an 
individual basis for impairment.  The specific allowance is calculated based upon a review of these loans and the 
estimated  losses  at  the  balance  sheet  date.    At  December  31,  2009  and  2008,  the  recorded  investment  in 
significant loans considered impaired was approximately $47.1 million and $78.2 million, respectively and the 
specific allowance for credit losses associated with those loans was approximately $2.7 million and $9.2 million, 
respectively.    The  decrease  in  the  amount  of  significant  impaired  loans  held  by  the  Bank  and  the  associated 
allowance for credit losses resulted, primary, from the Bank’s decision to take appropriate aggressive action with 
our problem credits through chargeoffs and foreclosure. 

Watch  list  review.    Specific  allowances  may  be  determined  based  on  a  review  of  specific  watch  list  loans.  
Specific losses are estimated at each measurement date.  The Bank has established a Watch List Committee to 
review all loans placed on the watch list.  The watch list primarily consists of loans classified as special mention, 
substandard and doubtful.  An action plan is established for each watch list loan.  By reviewing these watch list 
loans, the Bank is able to update original probable loss amounts in light of developing conditions.  This serves to 
reduce the differences between estimated and actual observed losses.  During 2009, the Bank continued to focus 
on  reviewing  its  loan  portfolio  and  reclassifying  its  loans,  as  required.    Watch  list  loans  increased  to  $214.0 
million at year end 2009, from $175.0 million at year end 2008.  The reserve requirement for watch list loans 
totaled $19.9 million and $16.0 million for 2009 and 2008, respectively. 

Provision for credit losses.  The 2009 provision for credit losses totaled $35.7 million, compared to $25.3 million 
in 2008.  As of December 31, 2009, nonperforming assets totaled $85.6 million, comprised of $58.2 million in 
nonperforming loans and $27.4 million in other real estate owned.  Those figures compare to $39.5 million in 
nonperforming  loans  and  $9.1  million  in  other  real  estate  owned  at  the  end  of  2008,  totaling  $48.6  million  in 
nonperforming  assets.    Net  charge-offs  increased  in  2009  to  $35.7  million,  or  2.32%  of  average  loans 
outstanding,  compared  with  $19.8  million,  or  1.26%  of  average  loans  outstanding  in  the  prior  year.    At 
December 31, 2009 and 2008 the allowance for credit losses as a percentage of year end loans was 2.45% and 
2.23%,  respectively.  The  2009  and  2008  results  have  been  impacted  by  ongoing  evaluations  of  our  credit 
portfolio, prompted by the continued weakness in the regional and national economies. 

Nonperforming Assets 
(in thousands, except ratios) 

                                                             December 31 

2009 

Nonaccrual loans ..........................................   $       53,337 
Restructured loans ........................................  
1,442 
Accruing loans which are contractually 
  past due 90 days or more ..........................  
Total nonperforming loans............................  
Real estate acquired in settlement 
  of loans .....................................................  
Total nonperforming assets...........................   $ 
Nonperforming loans to 

3,450 
58,229 

27,337 
85,566 

 2008 
$       38,029 
250 

  2007 
$       12,236 
651 

   2006 
 $        3,686 
133 

      2005 
$            929 
856 

1,277 
39,556 

9,080 
48,636 

72 
12,959 

4,280 
17,239 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,103 
5,922 

3,969 
9,891 

$ 

1,911 
3,696 

4,391 
8,087 

loans outstanding at end of year............  

3.98 % 

2.47 % 

0.87 % 

0.78 % 

0.49 % 

Nonperforming assets to 

total assets at end of year ......................  

4.40 % 

2.34 % 

0.84 % 

1.00 % 

0.83 % 

Nonperforming  assets  include  nonaccrual  loans,  accruing  loans  contractually  past  due  90  days  or  more, 
restructured loans, and real estate acquired in settlement of loans.  Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when: 
(i)  management  has  concerns  relating  to  the  ability  to  collect  the  loan  principal  and  interest  and  (ii)  generally 
when such loans are 90 days or more past due.  No assurance can be given, however, that economic conditions 
will not adversely affect borrowers and result in increased credit losses. 

 47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment Activities 

Our  investment  portfolio  plays  a  primary  role  in  the  management  of  liquidity  and  interest  rate  sensitivity and, 
therefore,  is  managed  in  the  context  of  the  overall  balance  sheet.  In  2009,  the  securities  portfolio  generated  a 
substantial percentage of our interest income and served as a necessary source of liquidity.  

Management attempts to deploy investable funds into instruments that are expected to increase the overall return 
of the portfolio given the current assessment of economic and financial conditions, while maintaining acceptable 
levels of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk, as well as capital usage and risk. 

The  following  tables  present  the  carrying  values,  fair  values,  and  weighted  average  yields  of  our  investment 
portfolio at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 and the interval of maturities or repricings at December 31, 2009 

Investment Securities 
(in thousands) 

 December 31, 2009 

 December 31, 2008               December 31, 2007 

 Amortized 
 Cost 

  Market 
  Value 

 Amortized 
 Cost 

  Market 
  Value 

Amortized        Market 
Cost               Value 

U.S. government agencies obligations ..........   $ 
Mortgage backed securities………………… 
Corporate bonds……………………………  
Collateralized mortgage obligations………..  
State and municipal obligations ....................  
Total debt securities……………………… ..  
Other equity ..................................................  
Total securities..............................................   $ 

49,005  $ 
77,430 
33,978 
35,124 
105,169 
300,706 
17,189 
317,895  $ 

49,519  $ 
81,690 
35,604 
35,368 
105,994 
308,175 
17,694 
325,869  $ 

56,622  $ 
97,843 
- 
- 
115,627 
270,092 
13,642 
283,734  $ 

57,954  $ 

102,042 
- 
- 
114,912 
274,908 
13,896 
288,804  $ 

140,759  $  142,483 
109,170 
106,757 
- 
- 
- 
- 
105,993 
105,689 
357,646 
353,205 
11,909 
11,850 
365,055  $  369,555 

Investment Securities Portfolio Maturity Schedule 
(dollars in thousands) 

   December 31, 2009 

    Market 
Value 

U. S. government agencies and mortgage backed obligations: 
  Within one year …………………………………………………………………  $ 
  One to five years ……………………………………………………………….. 
Five to ten years ……………………………………………………………… .. 
  After ten years …………………………………………………………………. 

  4,042 
        45,476 
        12,046 
      105,013 

Total  …………………………………………………………………….. 

166,577 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions: 
  Within one year ………………………………………………………………… 
  One to five years  ………………………………………………………………. 
Five to ten years ………………………………………………………………... 
  After ten years …………………………………………………………………. 

  1,496 
15,633 
25,602 
63,263 

Total  .......................................................................................................... 

      105,994 

Corporate Bonds: 
  Within one year ………………………………………………………………… 
  One to five years  ………………………………………………………………. 

        - 
35,604 

Five to ten years………………………………………………………………...                    - 

  After ten years …………………………………………………………………. 

        -   

Total  .......................................................................................................... 

         35,604 

Weighted 
Average 
Yield(1) 

1.81% 
3.44 
4.91 
5.58 

4.85 

4.34 
4.02 
4.06 
4.25 

4.17 

    - 
5.25 
    - 
    - 

5.25 

Total debt securities  …………………………………………… 

   $  308,175 

4.68% 

(1)  The  yield  related  to  securities  exempt  from  federal  income  taxes  is  stated  on  a  fully  taxable-equivalent  basis,  assuming  a  federal 

income tax rate of 35%. 

See also Note 4 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

 48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

Information  about  the  Company’s  off-balance  sheet  risk  exposure  is  presented  in  Note  17  in  the  Notes  to  the 
Consolidated Financial Statements of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Market Risk 

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair values of financial instruments or other 
assets  caused  by  changes  in  interest  rates,  currency  exchange  rates,  or  equity  prices.  Interest  rate  risk  is  the 
Company’s  primary  market  risk  and  results  from  timing  differences  in  the  repricing  of  assets  and  liabilities, 
changes in relationships between rate indices, and the potential exercise of explicit or embedded options. 

For a complete discussion on market risk and how the Company addresses this risk, see Item 7A of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K.    

Effects of Inflation 

As discussed in Item 7A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the effect of interest rate movements in response 
to changes in the actual and perceived rates of inflation can materially impact bank operations, which rely on net 
interest margins as a major source of earnings.  Noninterest expense, such as salaries and wages, occupancy and 
equipment cost are also negatively affected by inflation. 

Application of Critical Accounting Policies 

The  Company's  accounting  policies  are  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the 
United  States  and  with  general  practice  within  the  banking  industry,  and  are  fundamental  to  understanding 
management's discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition. The Company's significant 
accounting policies are discussed in detail in Note 1 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements. The 
following  is  a  summary  of  the  Bank’s  allowance  for  credit  losses,  one  of  the  most  complex  and  judgmental 
accounting policies of the Company.  

The allowance for credit losses, which is utilized to absorb actual losses in the loan portfolio, is maintained at a 
level consistent with management’s best estimate of probable credit losses incurred as of the balance sheet date.  
The  Bank’s  allowance  for  credit  losses  is  also  analyzed  monthly  by  management.    This  analysis  includes  a 
methodology  that  separates  the  total  loan  portfolio  into  homogeneous  loan  classifications  for  purposes  of 
evaluating  risk.    The  required  allowance  is  calculated  by  applying  a  risk  adjusted  reserve  requirement  to  the 
dollar  volume  of  loans  within  a  homogenous  group.    Major  loan  portfolio  subgroups  include:  risk  graded 
commercial  loans,  mortgage  loans,  home  equity  loans,  retail  loans  and  retail  credit  lines.    Management  also 
analyzes  the  loan  portfolio  on  an  ongoing  basis  to  evaluate  current  risk  levels,  and  risk  grades  are  adjusted 
accordingly.    While  management  uses  the  best  information  available  to  make  evaluations,  future  adjustments 
may be necessary, if economic or other conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used. See additional 
discussion under “Asset Quality” above. 

Item 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

The Company’s primary market risk is considered to be the Bank’s interest rate risk which could potentially have 
the greatest impact on operating earnings.  The Bank is not subject to other types of market risk, such as foreign 
currency exchange rate risk, commodity or equity price risk.  Interest rate risk on our balance sheet arises from 
the  maturity  mismatch  of  interest-earning  assets  versus  interest-bearing  liabilities,  as  well  as  the  potential  for 
maturities  to  shorten  or  lengthen  our  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities.  In  addition,  market 
risk  is  the  possible  chance  of  loss  from  unfavorable  changes  in  market  prices  and  rates.    These  changes  may 
result in a reduction of current and future period net interest income, which is the favorable spread earned from 
the excess of interest income on interest-earning assets, over interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities. 

 49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company uses several interest rate risk measurement tools provided by a national asset liability management 
consultant to help manage this risk.  Management provides key assumptions to the consultant, which are used as 
inputs  into  the  measurement  tools.  Following  is  a  summary  of  two  different  tools  management  uses  on  a 
quarterly basis to monitor and manage interest rate risk. 

Earnings Simulation Modeling. Net income is affected by changes in the level of interest rates, the shape of the 
yield  curve  and  the  general  market  pressures  affecting  current  market  interest  rates  at  the  time  of  simulation. 
Many  interest  rate  indices  do  not  move  uniformly,  creating  certain  disunities  between  them.  For  example,  the 
spread between a 30 day, prime-based asset and a 30 day, FHLB advance may not be uniform over time. The 
earnings  simulation  model  projects  changes  in  net  interest  income  caused  by  the  effect  of  changes  in  interest 
rates  on  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities.  Simulation  results  are  measured  as  a  percentage 
change in net interest income compared to the static-rate or “base case” scenario. The model considers increases 
and decreases in asset and liability volumes using prepayment assumptions as well as rate changes. Rate changes 
are modeled gradually over a 12 month period, referred to as a “rate ramp.” The model projects only changes in 
interest income and expense and does not project changes in non-interest income, non-interest expense, provision 
for loan losses or the impact of changing tax rates. At December 31, 2009, net interest income simulation showed 
a negative 3.02% change from the base case in a 200 basis point ramped rising rate environment and a positive 
1.79% change from the base case in a 100 basis point ramped declining rate environment. The projected decrease 
in net interest income is within the Asset/Liability Committee’s guidelines in a 200 basis point increasing or 100 
basis point decreasing interest rate environment. However, management continually monitors signs of elevated 
risks and takes certain actions to limit these risks.  

The  following  table  summarizes  the  results  of  the  Company’s  income  simulation  model  as  of  December  31, 
2009. 

Change in Market Interest Rates: 
    200 basis point ramped increase 
    Base case – no change 
    100 basis point ramped decrease 

Change in Net Interest Income 
Year 2 
Year 1 

(3.02) % 
— 
1.79   % 

(5.70) % 
0.94   % 
4.74   % 

Net Portfolio Value Analysis. Net portfolio value (“NPV”) represents the market value of portfolio equity and 
is equal to the market value of assets minus the market value of liabilities, with adjustments made for off-balance 
sheet items. This analysis assesses the risk of loss in market risk sensitive instruments in the event of a sudden 
and  sustained  100  to  200  basis  point  increase  or  decrease  in  market  interest  rates  with  no  effect  given  to  any 
actions management might take to counter the effect of that interest rate movement. The following is a summary 
of  the  results  of  the  report  compiled  by  the  Company’s  outside  consultant  using  data  and  assumptions 
management provided as of December 31, 2009.  

Change in Market Interest Rates: 
    200 basis point increase 
    Base case – no change 
    100 basis point decrease 

Estimated Change in Net Portfolio Value 
Amount in 000s 

Percent 

  $  (26,052) 

— 
$       (224) 

(11.79) % 
— 
    (0.10) % 

The preceding table indicates that, at December 31, 2009, in the event of a 200 basis point increase in prevailing 
market interest rates, NPV would be expected to decrease by $26.1 million, or 11.8% of the base case scenario 
value of $220.9 million.  In the event of a decrease in prevailing market rates of 100 basis points, NPV would be 
expected to decline by $0.2 million, or 0.1% of the base case scenario value.   The projected decrease in NPV is 
within the Asset Liability Committee’s guidelines in a 200 basis point increasing or 100 basis point decreasing 
interest rate environment.  However, management continually monitors signs of elevated risks and takes certain 
actions to limit these risks.  

 50 

 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate risk management is a part of the Bank’s overall asset/liability management process.  The primary 
oversight of asset/liability management rests with the Bank’s Asset and Liability Committee, which is comprised 
of  the  Bank’s  CEO,  Chief  Financial  Officer  (“CFO”),  CCO,  Investment  Officer,  Chief  Risk  Officer  and  other 
senior executives.  The Committee meets on a monthly basis to review the asset/liability management activities 
of the Bank and monitor compliance with established policies.  Activities of the Asset and Liability Committee 
are reported to the Audit and Risk Management Committee of the Company’s Board of Directors. 

A primary objective of interest rate sensitivity management is to ensure the stability and quality of the Bank’s 
primary earnings component, net interest income.  This process involves monitoring the Bank’s balance sheet in 
order  to  determine  the  potential  impact  that  changes  in  the  interest  rate  environment  may  have  on  net  interest 
income.  Rate sensitive assets and liabilities have interest rates that are subject to change within a specific time 
period,  due  to  either  maturity  or  to  contractual  agreements  which  allow  the  instruments  to  reprice  prior  to 
maturity.  Interest rate sensitivity management seeks to ensure that both assets and liabilities react to changes in 
interest rates within a similar time period, thereby minimizing the risk to net interest income. 

Interest Sensitivity Analysis 
At December 31, 2009 
(in thousands, except ratios) 

1 – 90 
Day  
Sensitive 

91 – 365 
Day  
Sensitive 

Total 
Sensitive 
Within 
One Year 

Total 
Sensitive 
Over 
One Year 

Total 

Interest earning assets: 
Loans, net of unearned income 
U. S. government agency 
State and municipal obligations 
Corporate bonds and collateralized  
     mortgage obligations 
Other investment securities 
Overnight funds 
     Total interest earning assets 

Interest bearing liabilities: 
NOW 
MMI 
Savings 
Time deposits  
Federal Reserve Bank borrowings 
Junior subordinated notes 
FHLB borrowings 
Wholesale repurchase agreements 
     Total interest bearing liabilities  

$ 826,846 
1,001 
315 

- 
11,414 
15,166 
854,742 

271,208 
358,165 
39,502 
277,583 
27,600 
25,774 
63,000 
46,000 
1,108,832 

$ 53,251 
3,041 
1,165 

- 
- 
- 
57,457 

- 
- 
- 
313,332 
- 
- 
69,500 
- 
382,832 

$ 880,097 
4,042 
1,480 

- 
11,414 
15,166 
912,199 

271,208 
358,165 
39,502 
590,915 
27,600 
25,774 
132,500 
46,000 
1,491,664 

$582,997 
127,167 
103,984 

  $ 1,463,094 
131,209 
105,464 

70,972 
6,280 
- 
891,400 

- 
- 
- 
83,480 
- 
- 
32,700 
- 
116,180 

70,972 
17,694 
15,166 
1,803,599 

271,208 
358,165 
39,502 
674,395 
27,600 
25,774 
165,200 
46,000 
1,607,844 

Interest sensitivity gap 

$ (254,090) 

  $ (325,375) 

  $ (579,465) 

$ 775,220 

$ 195,755 

Ratio of interest sensitive assets to 
liabilities 

0.77 

0.15 

0.61 

7.67 

1.12 

The  measurement  of  the  Bank’s  interest  rate  sensitivity,  or  “gap”,  is  a  technique  traditionally  used  in 
asset/liability management.  The interest sensitivity gap is the difference between repricing assets and repricing 
liabilities for a particular time period.  The table, “Interest Sensitivity Analysis,” indicates a ratio of rate sensitive 
assets to rate sensitive liabilities within one year at December 31, 2009, to be 0.61X.  This ratio indicates that a 
larger balance of liabilities, compared to assets, could potentially reprice during the upcoming 12 month period.  
Included  in  rate  sensitive  liabilities  are  certain  deposit  accounts  (NOW,  MMI,  and  savings)  that  are  subject  to 

 51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
immediate  withdrawal  and  repricing.    These  balances  are  presented  in  the  category  that  management  believes 
best  identifies  their  actual  repricing  patterns.    The  overall  risk  to  net  interest  income  is  also  influenced  by  the 
Bank’s level of variable rate loans.  These are loans with a contractual interest rate tied to an interest rate index, 
such as the prime rate.  A portion of these loans may reprice on multiple occasions during a one-year period due 
to changes in the underlying interest rate index.  Approximately 54.4% of the total loan portfolio has a variable 
interest  rate  and  reprices  in  accordance  with  the  underlying  rate  index  subject  to  terms  of  individual  note 
agreements. 

In addition to the traditional gap analysis, the Bank also utilizes a computer based interest rate risk simulation 
model prepared by an independent consultant.  This comprehensive model includes rate sensitivity gap analysis, 
net interest income analysis, and present value of equity analysis, under various rate scenarios.  The Bank uses 
this model to monitor interest rate risk on a quarterly basis and to detect trends that may affect the overall net 
interest income of the Bank. This simulation incorporates the dynamics of balance sheet and interest rate changes 
and calculates the related effect on net interest income.  As a result, management believes that this analysis more 
accurately projects the risk to net interest income over the upcoming 12-month period.  The Bank’s asset/liability 
policy  provides  guidance  for  levels  of  interest  rate  risk  and  potential  remediations,  if  necessary,  to  mitigate 
excessive levels of risk.  The modeling results indicate the Bank is subject to an acceptable level of interest rate 
risk. 

The  table,  “Market  Sensitive  Financial  Instruments  Maturities,”  presents  the  Company’s  financial  instruments 
that  are  considered  to  be  sensitive  to  changes  in  interest  rates,  categorized  by  contractual  maturities,  average 
interest rates and estimated fair values as of December 31, 2009. 

Market Sensitive Financial Instruments Maturities 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Contractual Maturities as of December 31, 2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

After 
Five 
Years 

Total 

Financial assets: 
    Debt securities 
    Loans: 
          Fixed rate 
          Variable rate 
              Total 

  $  5,522 

$   18,290 

$39,976 

$22,572 

$    15,660 

$ 205,625 

  $307,645 

83,304 
229,256 
$  318,082 

67,360 
46,653 
$  132,303 

156,036 
43,853 
$ 239,865 

161,079 
68,456 
$ 252,107 

70,663 
38,238 
$  124,561 

127,859 
370,337 
$ 703,821 

666,301 
796,793 
$ 1,770,739 

Financial liabilities: 
    NOW 
    MMI 
    Savings 
    Time deposits 
    Wholesale repurchase  
      agreements 
     FHLB borrowing 
     Federal Reserve Bank borrowings 
    Junior subordinated notes 
               Total 

$    271,208   
358,165 
39,502 
590,915 

10,000 
112,500 
27,600 
- 
$1,409,890 

$             - 
- 
- 
40,116 

15,000 
35,000 

- 
$  90,116 

$           - 
- 
- 
36,283 

- 
2,700 

- 
$ 38,983 

$           - 
- 
- 
5,211 

- 
- 

$           - 
- 
- 
1,511 

- 
15,000 

$             - 
- 
- 
359 

21,000 
- 

- 
$ 5,211 

- 
$   16,511 

25,774 
$  47,133 

$   271,208 
358,165 
39,502 
674,395 

46,000 
165,200 
27,600 
25,774 
$ 1,607,844 

 52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Market Sensitive Financial Instruments Maturities (continued) 
(Dollars in thousands) 

Financial assets: 
     Debt securities 
     Loans: 
        Fixed rate 
        Variable rate 
               Total 

Financial liabilities: 
     NOW 
     MMI 
     Savings 
     Time deposits 
     Wholesale repurchase agreements 
     FHLB borrowing 
     Junior subordinated notes 
     Federal Reserve Bank borrowings 
               Total 

Average 
Interest 
Rate 

Estimated Fair 
Value 

4.68 % 

$  308,175 

6.50 
4.63 

0.61 
0.92 
0.10 
1.89 
4.12 
2.86 
1.76 
0.50 

678,291 
796,793 
$ 1,783,259 

$  271,208 
358,165 
39,502 
679,207 
46,931 
167,810 
12,586 
27,600 
$ 1,603,009 

 53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 8.   

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION 

The  following  table  sets  forth,  for  the  periods  indicated,  certain  of  Bancorp’s  consolidated  quarterly  financial 
information.  This  information  is  derived  from  Bancorp’s  unaudited  financial  statements,  which  include  all 
normal  recurring  adjustments  which  management  considers  necessary  for  a  fair  presentation  of  the  results  for 
such periods. This information should be read in conjunction with Bancorp’s consolidated financial statements 
included  elsewhere  in  this  report.  The  results  for  any  quarter  are  not  necessarily  indicative  of  results  for  any 
future period.  

Quarterly Financial Data 
 (Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

2009 

4th Qtr 

3rd Qtr 

2nd Qtr 

1st Qtr 

Interest income 
Interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for credit losses 

Net interest income (loss) after provision for  
     credit losses 

Noninterest income 
Noninterest expense 

Income (loss) before income taxes 
Provision for income taxes 

$      23,933 
7,466 

 $     24,471 
9,441 

$      24,725 
10,856 

$    25,371 
11,395 

16,467 
5,569 

10,898 

           4,884 
         15,653 

              129 
               78 

15,030 
10,808 

4,222 

5,555 
19,818 

(10,041) 
(4,347) 

     (5,694) 
(729) 
$   (6,423) 

13,869 
10,853 

3,016 

4,726 
18,093 

(10,351) 
(4,440) 

13,976 
8,518 

5,458 

4,014 
15,983 

(6,511) 
(2,933) 

         (5,911) 
(729) 
$   (6,640) 

      (3,578) 
(729) 
$   (4,307) 

Net income (loss) 
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 

                51 
(729) 
$      (678) 

Earnings per share: 

     Basic 
     Diluted 

$     (0.04) 
$     (0.04) 

$      (0.41) 
 $      (0.41) 

$       (0.42) 
 $       (0.42) 

$      (0.28) 
$      (0.28) 

2008 

4th Qtr 

3rd Qtr 

2nd Qtr 

1st Qtr 

Interest income 
Interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for credit losses 

Net interest income (loss) after provision  
     for credit losses 

Noninterest income 
Goodwill impairment 
Noninterest expense 

Income (loss) before income taxes 
Provision for income taxes 

$      27,428 
13,014 

 $     28,468 
12,913 

$      29,956 
13,280 

$    32,110 
14,645 

14,414 
14,580 

(166) 

4,626 
50,437 
20,304 

(66,281) 
(7,698) 

15,555 
4,656 

10,899 

4,626 
- 
17,840 

(2,315) 
(726) 

16,676 
5,567 

11,109 

6,781 
- 
17,495 

395 
135 

17,465 
459 

17,006 

4,549 
- 
17,180 

4,375 
1,365 

Net income (loss) 
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock 
Net income (loss) available to common shareholders 

   (58,583) 
            (170) 
$  (58,753) 

     (1,589) 
                   - 
$  (1,589) 

          260 
                   - 
$        260 

      3,010 
                 - 
$     3,010 

Earnings per share: 

     Basic 
     Diluted 

$     (3.75) 
$     (3.75) 

$      (0.10) 
 $      (0.10) 

$         0.02 
 $         0.02 

$        0.19 
$        0.19 

 54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
NewBridge Bancorp 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  NewBridge  Bancorp  and  Subsidiary  as  of 
December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in shareholders’ equity and 
comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These 
financial statements are the responsibility of the company’s management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion 
on these financial statements based on our audits. 

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.    An  audit  includes  examining,  on  a  test  basis, 
evidence  supporting  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.    An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the 
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial 
statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material  respects,  the 
financial position of NewBridge Bancorp and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their 
operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity 
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.  

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States),  NewBridge  Bancorp’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2009,  based  on  criteria 
established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the 
Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated March 18, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion.   

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Raleigh, North Carolina 
March 18, 2010 

 55 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

Board of Directors and Shareholders 
NewBridge Bancorp 

We have audited NewBridge Bancorp’s  internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on 
criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).    NewBridge  Bancorp’s  management  is  responsible  for  maintaining  effective 
internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial 
reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  management’s  report  on  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.    Our 
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  NewBridge  Bancorp’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on 
our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board 
(United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about 
whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  Our audit included 
obtaining  an  understanding  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness 
exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and 
performing  such  other  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in  the  circumstances.    We  believe  that  our  audit 
provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding 
the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance 
with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those 
policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly 
reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that 
transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are  being  made  only  in 
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance 
regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that 
could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements.  
Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become 
inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may 
deteriorate.  In our opinion, NewBridge Bancorp maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over 
financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2009,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework 
issued by COSO. 

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United 
States), the consolidated balance sheets of NewBridge Bancorp and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, 
and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and 
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, and our report dated March 18, 2010, 
expressed an unqualified opinion.   

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP 

Raleigh, North Carolina 
March 18, 2010 

 56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NewBridge Bancorp and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 

December 31, 2009 and 2008 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

ASSETS 

Cash and due from banks…………………………………………………………. 
Interest-bearing bank balances……………………………………………………. 
Federal funds sold………………………………………………………………… 
Investment securities: 
     Held to maturity, market value $20,487 in 2009 and $27,269 in 2008…… 
     Available for sale………………………………………………….……….…. 
Loans held for sale……………………………………………………………….. 
Loans……………………………………………………………………………… 
Less allowance for credit losses …………………………………………….… 
    Net Loans………………………………………………………………………. 
Premises and equipment, net……………………………………………………… 
Real estate acquired in settlement of loans……………………………………….. 
Bank-owned life insurance……………………………………………………….. 
Deferred tax assets………………………………………………………………... 
Accrued income and other assets…………………………………………………. 
          Total assets…………………………………………………………………. 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY 

Deposits: 
     Noninterest-bearing…………………………………………………………… 
     Savings, NOW and money market accounts………………………………… 
     Time deposits……………………………..……………………………..…… 
          Total deposits………………………………………………………………. 
Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank………….………………………. 
Other borrowings………...………………………………………………………. 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities……………………………………………. 
          Total liabilities……………………………………………………………… 
Commitments and contingent liabilities 
Shareholders’ equity: 
Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share; 
     Authorized – 10,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding  (liquidation         
     preference $1,000 per share) – 52,372 ……………………………………….. 
Common stock, par value $5.00 per share; 
     Authorized – 50,000,000 shares; issued and outstanding - 15,655,868………. 
Paid-in capital…………………………………………………………………….. 
Directors’ deferred compensation plan…………………………………………… 
Retained earnings (deficit)………………………………………………………... 
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)…..……………………………. 
          Total shareholders’ equity…………………………………………………. 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity…………………………………............. 

See notes to consolidated financial statements 

 57 

2009 

2008 

  $     29,674 
       15,166 
                - 

$     32,993 
       12,824 
        42,043 

       19,957 
     305,382 
         6,568 
 1,456,526 
     (35,843) 
 1,427,251 
      40,406 
      27,337 
      28,614 
      26,022 
      26,717 
  $1,946,526 

       27,037 
    261,535 
           937 
 1,603,588 
     (35,805) 
 1,568,720 
      45,253 
         9,080 
      28,084 
      21,864 
      29,194 
$2,078,627 

$  156,040 
668,875 
674,395 
1,499,310 
165,200 
99,374 
18,038 
1,781,922 

$  149,583 
613,732 
900,148 
1,663,463 
139,000 
        76,815 
        20,113 
   1,899,391 

      51,190 

      50,891 

      78,279 
      86,969 
          (634) 
     (52,477) 
        1,277 
    164,604 
  $1,946,526 

      78,279 
      86,852 
(650) 
(34,427) 
(1,709) 
    179,236 
$2,078,627 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NewBridge Bancorp and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Statements of Income 

Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 
(Dollars in thousands, except per share data) 

Interest Income 
   Interest and fees on loans 
   Interest on investment securities: 
     Taxable 
     Tax exempt 
   Interest-bearing bank balances 
   Federal funds sold  
     Total interest income 

Interest Expense 
   Deposits 
   Borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank 
   Other borrowings 
      Total Interest Expense 

Net Interest Income 
   Provision for credit losses 
   Net interest income after provision for credit losses 

Noninterest Income 
   Service charges on deposit accounts 
   Gain on sales of mortgage loans 
   Gain (loss) on sales of investment securities 
   Gain on sale of merchant services 
   Other operating income 
     Total Noninterest Income 

Noninterest Expense 
   Personnel 
   Occupancy 
   Furniture and equipment 
   Goodwill impairment 
   FDIC insurance 
   Other operating 
     Total Noninterest Expense 
   Loss Before Income Taxes 
   Income Taxes 
Net Loss 
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock 
Net Loss available to common shareholders 

Loss Per Share 
   Basic 
   Diluted 

2009 

2008 

2007 

 $   84,089 

 $   101,550 

 $   85,259 

9,416 
        4,759  
        190  
           46  
      98,500  

      31,891  
        4,706  
        2,559  
      39,156  

      59,344  
      35,749  
      23,595  

        8,527 
           601  
389 
1,177 
8,483      

      19,177  

10,229 
        4,758  
635  
           114  
      117,286  

      44,672  
        5,483  
        3,697  
      53,852  

      63,434 
      25,262  
      38,172  

        9,333 
           396  
2,459 
- 
        8,442  
      20,630  

        8,505 
        2,501  
        833  
           523  
      97,621  

      36,686  
        4,634  
        1,048  
      42,368  

      55,253  
      18,952  
      36,301  

        7,791 
           366  
(38) 
- 
        6,879  
      14,998  

      30,901  
              5,436 
              6,012  
                  - 
             4,528 
           22,669  
           69,546  
         (26,774)  
       (11,641)  
 (15,133)  
(2,917) 
$     (18,050) 

          35,175  
            4,546 
            4,679  
          50,437 
            1,037 
          26,754  
        122,628  
     (63,826)  
       (6,924)  
 (56,902)  
(170) 
$     (57,072) 

            30,744  
              2,919 
              3,554  
                   - 
                 146 
            24,993  
          62,356  
     (11,057)  
       (5,394)  
 (5,663)  

          - 
$    (5,663) 

 $      (1.15) 
 $      (1.15)  

 $      (3.64) 
 $      (3.64)  

 $      (0.49) 
 $      (0.49)  

Weighted Average Shares Outstanding – basic and diluted 

 15,655,868  

 15,663,719  

 11,485,353  

See notes to consolidated financial statements 

 58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NewBridge Bancorp and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income 

Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 
(Dollars in thousands, except share data) 

  Preferred                 Common Stock   
      Shares 
      Stock  
8,422,610 
- 
     $ 

     Amount 
$  42,113 

  Paid-In 
  Capital 
$     8,177   

 Directors’ 
  Deferred 
  Comp Plan 
$  (1,390) 

Accumulated  
       Other 
Comprehensive   Shareholders’ 
   Income (Loss)         Equity 

        Total 

Retained 
Earnings 

$          42,669              $ 

(2,260) 

    $ 

  (5,663) 

89,309 
(5,663) 

Balances at December 31, 2006 ………. 
Net Loss……….………………………  
Change in unrealized gain on securities 
    available for sale……………………  
Change in funded status of pension plans   
             Comprehensive loss………….   
Cash dividends declared on common stock 
Stock-based compensation………..…… 
Common stock issued in merger  …… 
 7,554,362 
Common stock acquired and cancelled…    
  (282,904) 
Balances at December 31, 2007…………    $        -         15,694,068 
Net Loss……….………………………  
Change in unrealized gain on securities 
    available for sale……………………  
Change in funded status of pension plans   
             Comprehensive loss………….   
Cash dividends declared on common stock 
Preferred stock issued, including Warrant        50,875 
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock            16 
Stock-based compensation ………………  
Common stock distributed………………                    
    (38,200)  
Common stock acquired and cancelled…….    
Balances at December 31, 2008…………     $ 50,891     15,655,868 
Net Loss……….………………………  
Change in unrealized gain on securities 
    available for sale……………………  
Change in funded status of pension plans   
             Comprehensive loss………….   
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock          299 
Stock-based compensation ……….…… 
Common stock distributed………………                    
Balances at December 31, 2009…………    $  51,190 

15,655,868 

     37,771 
     (1,414)        
$  78,470 

          149   
     79,094   
(2,008) 
$   85,412    

           89    
$  (1,301) 

$          28,751              $ 

(8,255) 

       (56,902) 

(6,106) 

(170) 

1,497 

93 

651 

3,641 
440 

  3,641 
     440 
(1,582) 
(8,255) 
                     149 
                                          116,865 
(3,333) 
     $       193,153 
               (56,902) 

1,821 

205 
 (3,735) 

    205 
(3,735) 
              (60,432) 
(6,106) 
52,372 
   (154) 
       93 
                       651 
    (341) 
     $       179,236 
               (15,133) 

(191) 
$  78,279 

(150) 
$   86,852   

$ 

(650) 

$        (34,427)              $ 

(1,709) 

       (15,133) 

117 

(2,917) 

$  78,279 

$  86,969 

           16  
(634) 
$ 

$ 

(52,477) 

$ 

              1,577  
              1,409        

                  1,577 
  1,409 
              (12,147) 
(2,618) 
    117 
                        16 
1,277  $           164,604 

See notes to consolidated financial statements 

 59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
       
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NewBridge Bancorp and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 
(Dollars in thousands) 

CASH FLOW FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES 

Net Loss………………………………………………….. 
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by 
operating activities: 

2009 

2008 

   2007  

  $ 

(15,133) 

$ 

(56,902) 

$        (5,663) 

Depreciation and amortization ……………………………….. 
6,968 
Securities premium amortization and discount accretion, net… 
591 
Gain on sale of loans held for sale……… ……………………. 
             (601) 
Originations of loans held for sale…………………………….  
(97,360) 
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale…………………….  
         92,330   
Goodwill impairment………………………………………….  
- 
(Increase) decrease in deferred tax assets  ………………… 
(4,158) 
(Increase) decrease in income taxes receivable 
          (2,560) 
(Increase) decrease in interest earned but not received ………  
               700 
Increase (decrease) in interest accrued but not paid ………….  
(1,470) 
Net (increase) decrease in other assets ……………………….. 
(115) 
             (589) 
Net increase (decrease) in other liabilities ……………………. 
Provision for credit losses………………………………………            35,749 
               117 
Stock-based compensation ........................................................ 
               572  
(Gain) loss on sales of premises and equipment………………. 
          15,041 
Net cash provided by operating activities ………………. 

4,737 
565 

           3,192 
             (375) 
            (396)                    (366) 
      (101,989) 
     (130,027) 
       102,355 
      141,837  
                 -   
        50,437  
          (9,759) 
(8,360) 
738 
(2,800) 
          (6,199) 
          3,014  
1,414 
(572) 
7,455 
(9,849) 
           8,609 
           4,287 
         18,952 
        25,262  
              149 
               93  
              584 
              731 
19,097 
22,057 

CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES 

- 
Proceeds from maturities of securities held to maturity …………… 
(108,828) 
Purchases of securities available for sale ………………………….. 
Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale ………….. 
78,325 
Net (increase) decrease in loans…………………….………………..           83,853   
Purchases of premises and equipment and expenditures for  
    improvements to real estate acquired in settlement of loans ……………  (1,894) 
8,794 
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment…………………… 
Cash acquired in merger ……………………………………………             
 - 
Net (increase) decrease in federal funds sold ……………………… 
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities  …… 

102,293 

          42,043    

- 
(128,665) 
210,355 
      (156,319) 

(5,808) 
4,686 
- 
        (39,870) 
(115,621) 

CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES 

Net increase (decrease) in demand deposits, NOW, money  
     market and savings accounts........................................................ 
Net increase (decrease) in time deposits ........................................... 
Net increase (decrease) in other borrowings 
Net increase (decrease) in borrowings from FHLB .......................... 
Dividends paid .................................................................................. 
Stock issuance costs.......................................................................... 
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants…………... 
Common stock distributed (acquired)……………………………… 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities........... 
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents .............................. 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the years................... 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the years.............................  $ 

       (50,204) 
61,600 
85,945 
     (225,753) 
         22,543                (22,471) 
21,000 
(6,260) 
- 
52,372 
310 
80,692 
        (12,872) 
58,689 
45,817 

26,200 
         (2,917)  
- 
- 
16 
     (118,311) 
            (977) 
45,817 
44,840 

$ 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION 

Cash paid during the years for: 

Interest…………………………………………………………  $ 
Income taxes  …………………………………………………. 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH TRANSACTIONS 

40,626 

$ 

               - 

54,424 
3,500 

1,964 
(105,954) 
140,110 
(95,676) 

(5,098) 
80 
14,803 
4,672 
(45,099) 

         (7,857) 
77,033 
           9,347   
       (30,000) 
         (6,983) 
(10) 
- 
         (3,333) 
38,197 

         12,195                   

$ 

$ 

46,494 
58,689 

40,954 
3,885 

Transfer of loans to other real estate owned ………………………..  $ 
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale: 

26,216 

$ 

9,963 

$ 

9,009 

Change in securities available for sale ……………………….. 
Change in deferred income taxes …………………………….. 
Change in shareholders’ equity ………………………………. 
      Common stock issued in Merger…………………..………………... 

         (5,308) 
           3,731 
           1,577 

       - 

See notes to consolidated financial statements 

 60 

(298) 
                93 
              205      

           3,641 
                  -                    116,865 

(5,813) 
2,172               

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
               
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NewBridge Bancorp and Subsidiary 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007 

Note 1 – Summary of significant accounting policies 

 Principles of consolidation 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of NewBridge Bancorp (“Bancorp” or 
the “Company”) and its wholly owned subsidiary NewBridge Bank (the “Bank”). All significant intercompany 
balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.  

Nature of operations 

The  Bank  provides  a  variety  of  financial  services  to  individual  and  corporate  customers  in  North  Carolina 
(“NC”) and Virginia (“VA”). As of December 31, 2009, the Bank operated 36 branches in the Piedmont Triad 
Region and Coastal Region of NC and two branches in the Shenandoah Valley Region of VA.  The majority of 
the Bank’s NC clients are located in Davidson, Rockingham, Guilford, Forsyth and New Hanover Counties.  The 
majority of the Bank’s VA customers  are located in Rockingham and Augusta Counties.  The Bank’s primary 
deposit  products  are  noninterest-bearing  checking  accounts,  interest-bearing  checking  accounts,  money  market 
accounts,  certificates  of  deposit  and  individual  retirement  accounts.    Its  primary  lending  products  are 
commercial, real estate and consumer loans. 

Use of estimates 

The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the 
United  States  (“GAAP”)  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported 
amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial 
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could 
differ from those estimates. 

Material  estimates  that  are  particularly  susceptible  to  significant  change  relate  to  the  determination  of  the 
allowance  for  credit  losses.    A  majority  of  the  Bank’s  loan  portfolio  consists  of  loans  in  the  geographic  areas 
cited  above.    The  local  economies  of  these  areas  depend  heavily  on  the  industrial,  agricultural  and  service 
sectors.  Accordingly, the ultimate collectibility of a large portion of the Bank’s loan portfolio would be affected 
by changes in local economic conditions. 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and interest-bearing bank deposits.  Cash and cash 
equivalents are defined as cash and short-term investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of 
acquisition.  

Investment securities 

The Bank classifies its investment securities at the time of purchase into three categories as follows: 

-    Held to Maturity – reported at amortized cost, 

-    Trading – reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses included in earnings, or 

-    Available  for  Sale  –  reported  at  fair  value  with  unrealized  gains  and  losses  reported  in  other 

comprehensive income. 

The Bank is required to maintain certain levels of Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) of Atlanta stock based on 
various criteria established by the individual issuer.  Gains and losses on sales of securities are recognized when 
realized  on  a  specific  identification  basis.    Premiums  and  discounts  are  amortized  into  interest  income  using 
methods that approximate the level yield method. 

 61 

 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Than Temporary Impairment of Investment Securities 

Bancorp’s  policy  regarding  other  than  temporary  impairment  of  investment  securities  requires  continuous 
monitoring. Individual investment securities with a fair market value that is less than 80% of original cost over a 
continuous  period  of  two  quarters  are  evaluated for  impairment  during  the  subsequent  quarter.  The  evaluation 
includes  an  assessment  of  both  qualitative  and  quantitative  measures  to  determine  whether,  in  management’s 
judgment, the investment is likely to recover its original value. If the evaluation concludes that the investment is 
not likely to recover its original value, the unrealized loss is reported as an other than temporary impairment, and 
the loss is recorded as a securities transaction on the Consolidated Statement of Income. 

Loans 

Interest on loans is accrued and credited to income based on the principal amount outstanding.  The accrual of 
interest on impaired loans is discontinued when, in management’s opinion, the borrower may be unable to meet 
payments  as  they  become  due.    When  interest  accrual  is  discontinued,  all  unpaid  accrued  interest  is  reversed.  
Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when: (i) management has concerns relating to the ability to collect the 
loan principal and interest and (ii) generally when such loans are 90 days or more past due.  Interest income is 
subsequently recognized only to the extent payments are received.  Loans may be returned to accrual status when 
all  principal  and  interest  amounts  contractually  due  are  reasonably  assured  of  repayment  within  an  acceptable 
period of time, and there is a sustained period of repayment performance (generally a minimum of six months) of 
interest and principal by the borrower in accordance with the contractual terms.  Mortgage loans held for sale are 
valued  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  market  as  determined  by  outstanding  commitments  from  investors  or  current 
investor yield requirements, calculated on the aggregate loan basis. 

Loan origination fees and costs 

Loan origination fees and certain direct origination costs are capitalized and recognized as an adjustment of the 
yield on the related loan. 

Impaired loans 

A loan is considered impaired, based on current information and events, if it is probable that the Bank will be 
unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of 
the  loan  agreement.    Generally,  a  loan  will  be  considered  impaired  if  it  exhibits  the  same  level  of  underlying 
weakness and probability of loss as loans classified doubtful or loss. 

The  impairment  evaluation  compares  the  recorded  book  value  of  the  loan,  or  loan  relationship,  to  the  present 
value of the expected future principal, interest and collateral value (if applicable) cash flows.  The expected cash 
flows are discounted at the contractual interest rate for the individual note.  A specific reserve is established if 
the present value of expected future cash flows is less than the recorded book value of the loan.  

Allowance for credit losses 

The Bank’s allowance for credit losses is based on management’s best estimate of probable loan losses incurred 
as of the balance sheet date.  Factors impacting estimated probable loan losses include credit quality trends, past 
loan loss experience, current economic conditions, and loan volume among loan categories. 

While  management  uses  the  best  available  information  to  establish  the  allowance  for  credit  losses,  future 
additions  to  the  allowance  may  be  necessary  based  on  the  factors  cited  above.    In  addition,  the  allowance  is 
reviewed by regulatory agencies as an integral part of their examination processes.  Such agencies may require 
the  Company  to  recognize  changes  to  the  allowance  based  on  their  judgments  about  information  available  to 
them at the time of their examination.  

Real estate acquired in settlement of loans 

Real estate acquired in settlement of loans, through partial or total satisfaction of loans, is initially recorded at 
fair  market  value,  less  estimated  costs  to  sell,  which  becomes  the  property’s  new  basis.    At  the  date  of 
acquisition,  losses  are  charged  to  the  allowance  for  credit  losses.    Subsequent  write-downs  are  charged  to 
expense in the period they are incurred. 

 62 

 
 
 
                                                      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premises and equipment 

Premises  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  (or  at  fair  value  for  premises  and  equipment  acquired  in  business 
combinations) less accumulated depreciation and amortization.  The provision for depreciation and amortization 
is computed principally by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.  Useful lives are 
estimated  at  20  to  40  years  for  buildings  and  three  to  ten  years  for  equipment.  Leasehold  improvements  are 
amortized  over  the  expected  terms  of  the  respective  leases  or  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  improvements, 
whichever is shorter. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations, and the expenditures 
for  major  replacements  and  betterments  are  added  to  the  premises  and  equipment  accounts.  The  cost  and 
accumulated  depreciation  of  premises  and  equipment  retired  or  sold  are  eliminated  from  the  appropriate  asset 
accounts at the time of retirement or sale and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in current operations. 

Income taxes 

Provisions  for  income  taxes  are  based  on  taxes  payable  or  refundable,  for  the  current  year  (after  exclusion  of 
non-taxable income such  as interest on state  and  municipal securities and bank owned life insurance  and non-
deductible expenses) and deferred taxes on temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities 
and  their  reported  amounts  in  the  financial  statements  at  currently  enacted  income  tax  rates  applicable  to  the 
period in which the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled.  As changes in tax 
laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes. 

Per share data 

In accordance with GAAP, the Company discloses two earnings per share amounts: basic net income per share 
of common stock and diluted net income per share of common stock.  Basic net income per share of common 
stock is computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of 
shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  during  each  year.    Diluted  net  income  per  share  of  common  stock  is 
computed by dividing net income available to common shareholders plus any adjustments to net income related 
to  the  issuance  of  dilutive  potential  common  shares,  comprised  of  outstanding  options  and/or  warrants  to 
purchase  shares  of  common  stock  and  restricted  stock  grants,  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  of 
common stock outstanding during each year plus the number of potential dilutive common shares. 

Sales of loans 

Gains and losses on the sales of loans are accounted for by imputing gain or loss on those sales where a yield rate 
guaranteed to the buyer is more or less than the contract interest rate being collected.  Such gains or losses are 
recognized in the financial statements at the time of the sale.   

Off-balance sheet arrangements 

In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  the  Bank  enters  into  off-balance  sheet  financial  instruments  consisting  of 
commitments  to  extend  credit,  commitments  under  credit  card  arrangements,  commercial  letters  of  credit  and 
standby  letters  of  credit.    Such  financial  instruments  are  recorded  in  the  financial  statements  when  they  are 
funded or related fees are incurred or received. 

Segment information 

The  Company  reports  segment  information  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  which  requires  that  public  business 
enterprises  report  certain  information  about  operating  segments  in  their  annual  financial  statements  and  in 
condensed financial statements for interim periods issued to shareholders.  It also requires that public business 
enterprises  report  related  disclosures  and  descriptive  information  about  products  and  services  by  significant 
segments,  geographic  areas,  and  major  customers,  differences  between  the  measurements  used  in  reporting 
segment information and those used in the enterprise’s general-purpose financial statements, and changes in the 
measurement of segment amounts from period to period. 

Operating segments are components of an enterprise with separate financial information available for use by the 
chief operating decision maker to allocate resources and to assess performance.  The Company has determined 
that it has one significant operating segment, providing financial services through the Bank, including banking, 
mortgage, and investment services, to customers located principally in Davidson, Rockingham, Guilford, Forsyth 
 63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and  New  Hanover  Counties  in  NC,  and  in  Rockingham  and  Augusta  Counties  in  VA,  and  in  the  surrounding 
communities.    The  various  products  are  those  generally  offered  by  community  banks,  and  the  allocation  of 
resources is based on the overall performance of the Bank, rather than the individual branches or products. 

There are no differences between the measurements used in reporting segment information and those used in the 
Company’s general-purpose financial statements. 

Recent accounting pronouncements  

On July 1, 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) GAAP Codification became effective as 
the  sole  authoritative  source  of  GAAP.  This  Codification  reorganizes  current  GAAP  for  non-governmental 
entities into a topical index to facilitate accounting research and to provide users additional assurance that they 
have referenced all related literature pertaining to a given topic. Existing GAAP prior to the Codification was not 
altered  in  compilation  of  the  GAAP  Codification.  The  Codification  encompasses  all  FASB  Statements  of 
Financial  Accounting  Standards  (“SFAS”),  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  statements,  FASB  Staff  Positions, 
FASB  Interpretations,  FASB  Derivative  Implementation  Guides,  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public 
Accountants Statement of Positions, Accounting Principals Board Opinions and Accounting Research Bulletins 
along with the remaining body of GAAP effective as of June 30, 2009. Financial statements issued for all interim 
and  annual  periods  ending  after  September 15,  2009  need  to  reference  accounting  guidance  embodied  in  the 
Codification  as  opposed  to  referencing  the  previously  authoritative  pronouncements.  Accounting  literature 
included in the Codification is referenced by Topic, Subtopic, Section and paragraph. 

In August 2009, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2009-05, Measuring Liabilities at 
Fair Value, which is codified as Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820, Fair Value Measurements and 
Disclosures.  This  Update  provides  amendments  to  Topic  820-10,  Fair  Value  Measurements  and  Disclosures  – 
Overall, for the fair value measurement of liabilities. This Update provides clarification that in circumstances in 
which a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability is not available, a reporting entity is required to 
measure fair value using a valuation technique that uses the quoted price of the identical liability when traded as 
an asset, quoted prices for similar liabilities or similar liabilities when traded as assets, or that is consistent with 
the principles of Topic 820. The amendments in this Update also clarify that when estimating the fair value of a 
liability, a reporting entity is not required to include a separate input or adjustment to other inputs relating to the 
existence of a restriction that prevents transfer of the liability. The amendments in this Update also clarify that 
both a quoted price in an active market for the identical liability at the measurement date and the quoted price for 
the identical liability when traded as an asset in an active market when no adjustments to the quoted price of the 
asset are required are Level 1 fair value measurements. The guidance provided in this Update is effective for the 
first reporting period (including interim periods) beginning after issuance. The adoption of this Update did not 
have a significant impact to the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. 

The  Company  adopted  ASC  855  “Subsequent  Events”  (“ASC  855”)  effective  June  30,  2009.  ASC  855 
establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but 
before financial statements are issued or available to be issued.  ASC 855 defines (i) the period after the balance 
sheet date during which a reporting entity's management should evaluate events or transactions that may occur 
for  potential  recognition  or  disclosure  in  the  financial  statements  (ii)  the  circumstances  under  which  an  entity 
should recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements, and (iii) 
the disclosures an entity should make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. The 
Company’s  adoption  of  ASC  855  did  not  result  in  any  material  effect  on  the  Company’s  financial  position  or 
operating results. 

In  June  2009  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  impacting  “Transfers  and  Servicing”.    The  objective  of  this 
guidance is to improve the relevance, representational faithfulness, and comparability of the information that a 
reporting entity provides in its financial reports about a transfer of financial assets; the effects of a transfer on its 
financial  position,  financial  performance,  and  cash  flows;  and  a  transferor’s  continuing  involvement  in 
transferred financial assets. The Company’s adoption of this new guidance did not result in any material effect 
on the Company’s financial position or operating results. 

 64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  June  2009,  the  FASB  issued  new  guidance  impacting  “Consolidation”  of  variable  interest  entities.  The 
objective of this guidance is to improve financial reporting by enterprises involved with variable interest entities 
and to provide more relevant and reliable information to users of financial statements. This guidance is effective 
as  of  January 1,  2010.  The  adoption  of  this  guidance  is  not  expected  to  be  material  to  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial statements.  

Reclassification 

Certain  items  for  2008  and  2007  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  the  2009  presentation.    Such 
reclassifications had no effect on net income, total assets or shareholders’ equity as previously reported. 

Note 2 – Merger of Equals 

Bancorp  is  a  bank  holding  company  incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  state  of  North  Carolina  (“NC”)  and 
registered under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”).  Bancorp is the successor 
entity to LSB Bancshares, Inc. (“LSB”), which was incorporated on December 8, 1982.  On July 31, 2007, FNB 
Financial Services Corporation (“FNB”), a bank holding company, also incorporated in NC and registered under 
the BHCA, merged with and into LSB in a merger of equals (the “Merger”).  LSB’s name was then changed to 
“NewBridge Bancorp”.   

Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Agreement  and  Plan  of  Merger,  dated  as  of  February  26,  2007  (the  "Merger 
Agreement"), by and between LSB and FNB, each share of common stock of FNB outstanding at the effective 
time  of  the  Merger  was  converted  into  the  right  to  receive  1.07  shares  of  Bancorp’s  common  stock.  The 
Company  issued  approximately  $117  million  of  its  common  stock  to  FNB  shareholders,  based  on  7,059,823 
shares of FNB common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2007 and the closing price of the Company’s common 
stock on July 31, 2007. 

The Merger was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and was structured to qualify as a tax-
free reorganization under Section 368(a) of the Internal Revenue Code.  The Merger initially resulted in $49.9 
million of goodwill and $6.6 million of core deposit intangibles.  The goodwill was not tax deductible.  The core 
deposit intangible was determined by an independent valuation and is being amortized over the estimated life of 
10 years, based on undiscounted cash flows. 

As  of  December  31,  2008,  the  Company  wrote  off  $50.4  million  of  goodwill.    At  December  31,  2009,  the 
carrying value of other intangibles was $5.3 million.   

Note 3 – Restriction on cash and due from banks 

The  Bank  maintains  required  reserve  balances  with  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  Richmond.    The  amounts  of 
these reserve balances at December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $15,831,000 and $5,115,000, respectively.    

 65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 4 – Investment securities 

Investment securities at December 31 consist of the following (in thousands): 

2009: 
Available for sale: 
     U.S. government agency securities……… 
     Mortgage backed securities……………… 
     State and municipal obligations………… 
     Corporate bonds………………………… 
     Collateralized mortgage obligations……. 
     Federal Home Loan Bank stock……….. 
     Other equity securities…………………. 
     Total available for sale…………………. 
     Municipal obligations held to maturity… 
          Total investment securities………… 
2008: 
Available for sale: 
     U.S. government agency securities……… 
     Mortgage backed securities……………… 
     State and municipal obligations………… 
     Federal Home Loan Bank stock……… 
     Other equity securities…………………. 
     Total available for sale…………………. 
     Municipal obligations held to maturity… 
          Total investment securities………… 

Amortized 
Cost 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Gains 

Gross 
Unrealized 
Losses 

Estimated 
Fair 
Value 

$  49,005 
77,430 
85,212 
33,978 
35,124 
11,414 
5,775 
297,938 
19,957 
$ 317,895 

$  56,622 
97,843 
88,590 
9,867 
3,775 
256,697 
27,037 
$ 283,734 

$        529 
4,260 
1,747 
1,626 
346 
- 
725 
9,233 
550 
$      9,783 

$        1,332 
4,199 
1,064 
- 
570 
7,165 
444 
$      7,609 

$         (15) 
- 
(1,452) 
- 
(102) 
- 
(220) 
(1,789) 
(20) 
$  (1,809) 

$            - 
- 
(2,011) 
- 
(316) 
(2,327) 
(212) 
$  (2,539) 

$   49,519 
81,690 
85,507 
35,604 
35,368 
11,414 
6,280 
305,382 
20,487 
 $ 325,869 

$ 57,954 
102,142 
87,643 
9,867 
4,029 
261,535 
27,269 
 $ 288,804 

The  aggregate  cost  of  the  Company’s  investment  in  Federal  Home  Loan  Bank  (“FHLB”)  stock  totaled 
$11,414,000  at  December  31,  2009.    Because  of  the  redemption  provisions  of  this  stock,  and  the  financial 
condition of the FHLB of Atlanta, the Company estimates that the fair value equals the cost of this investment 
and that it is not impaired.  

The  following  table  shows  the  Company’s  investments’  gross  unrealized  losses  and  fair  value,  aggregated  by 
investment category and length of time that the individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss 
position, at December 31, 2009 and 2008. The unrealized losses relate to debt securities that have incurred fair 
value reductions due to higher market interest rates since the securities were purchased. The unrealized losses are 
not likely to reverse unless and until market interest rates decline to the levels that existed when the securities 
were purchased.  Since none of the unrealized losses relate to the marketability of the securities or the issuer’s 
ability to honor redemption obligations, and the Company has the intent and ability to hold until recovery, none 
of the securities are deemed to be other than temporarily impaired.  

2009 

(In thousands) 
Investment securities: 
U.S. government agency                
    securities 
Collateralized mortgage  
    obligations 
Other equity securities 
State and municipal obligations 
Total temporarily impaired 
securities 

Less than 12 months 
Fair 
value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

12 months or more 

Total 

Fair 
value 

  Unrealized 

Fair value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

losses 

$ 3,985 

$      15 

$          - 

$         - 

$   3,985 

$        15   

17,380 
- 
21,479 

102 
- 
761 

- 
839 
4,795 

- 
220 
711 

17,380 
839 
26,274 

102 
220 
1,472 

$ 42,844 

$     878 

$ 5,634 

$    931 

   $ 48,478 

$  1,809 

 66 

 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2008 

(In thousands) 
Investment securities: 
State and municipal obligations 
Other equity securities 
Total temporarily impaired 
securities 

Less than 12 months 
Fair 
value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

12 months or more 

Total 

Fair 
value 

  Unrealized 

Fair value 

  Unrealized 

losses 

losses 

$  44,255 
523 

$     1,753 
316 

$ 6,343 
- 

$         470 
- 

$ 50,598 
523 

$     2,223   

316 

$ 44,778 

$     2,069 

$ 6,343 

$  470 

   $ 51,121 

$     2,539 

The  amortized  cost  and  estimated  market  value  of  debt  securities  at  December  31,  2009,  by  contractual 
maturities, are shown in the accompanying schedule.  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities 
because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties 
(in thousands). 

Due in one year or less…………………………………………………….. 
Due after one through five years…………………………………………… 
Due after five through ten years…………………………………………… 
Due after ten years…………………………………………………………. 
     Total debt securities ……………………………………………………. 

Amortized 
Cost 

$         5,485   
93,983 
36,355 
164,883 
$     300,706 

Estimated 
Fair Value 

$        5,538 
96,713 
37,648 
168,276 
$     308,175 

A recap of the maturities of held to maturity securities follows.  There were no sales of held to maturity securities 
during the years presented (in thousands): 

Proceeds from maturities …………………  $ 

Years Ended December 31 

2009 
  -   

2008 
$       - 

2007 
$  1,964 

A recap of the maturities and sales of available for sale securities follows (in thousands): 

Years Ended December 31 

  2008 
Proceeds from sales and maturities ……… $   10,977            $  210,535 
  2,475 
Gross realized gains ……………………... 
16 
Gross realized losses …………………….. 

389 
- 

2009 

  2007 
$140,110 
         101 
         139 

Investment securities with amortized costs of approximately $154,352,000 and $187,275,000 and market values 
of  approximately  $158,450,000  and  $190,620,000  as  of  December  31,  2009  and  2008,  respectively,  were 
pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes.  The Bank has obtained $50,000,000 in letters of credit, 
which are used in lieu of securities to pledge against public deposits. 

Note 5 – Loans 

Loans are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

December 31 

2008 
2009    
$   617,591 
Commercial...................................................................  $   593,423 
     218,741 
Real estate-construction ................................................       177,285 
 632,729 
Real estate-mortgage.....................................................   
 605,060 
     122,412 
Consumer ......................................................................         75,469 
Other .............................................................................         11,857 
       13,052 
Total loans, net of unearned income ….........................  $1,463,094         $   1,604,525 

 67 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As  of  December  31,  2009  and  December  31,  2008,  loans  totaling  approximately  $575,108,000  and 
$524,441,000, respectively, were pledged to secure the line of credit with the FHLB and Federal Reserve Bank. 

Nonperforming assets are summarized as follows (in thousands): 

December 31 

2009   
 53,337 
Nonaccrual loans...........................................................  $ 
Restructured loans.........................................................           1,442 
  3,450 
Loans past due 90 days or more ....................................   
58,229 
Total nonperforming loans ............................................   
27,337 
Real estate acquired in settlement of loans....................   
85,566 
Total nonperforming assets ...........................................  $ 

2008 
$     38,029 
  250 
    1,277 
  39,556 
  9,080 
$    48,636 

Impaired loans and related information are summarized in the following tables (in thousands): 

December 31 
2008 

2009 

2007   

Loans identified as impaired 
  Commercial and real estate ...........................................  $ 118,771  $  84,422  $  47,133 
  Consumer…………………………………………… ...           6,183 
       6,889           1,857 
Total………………………………………………….....    $ 124,954    $   91,311     $  48,990             
Allowance for credit losses associated with impaired 

loans ............................................................................  $  16,723  $  12,768  $  11,128   

2007   
Average balances of impaired loans for the years ...........  $ 117,777  $  73,349  $  28,554 

Years Ended December 31 
2008 
2009 

Interest income recorded for impaired loans ...................  $ 

905  $ 

380  $ 

535 

An analysis of the changes in the allowance for credit losses follows (in thousands): 

2007   
Balances at beginning of years........................................  $  35,805  $  30,370  $  9,564 
  18,952 
Provision for credit losses ............................................... 
Loans charged off............................................................ 
(9,412) 
       2,783           2,641             956 
Recoveries....................................................................... 
              -                  -          10,310     
Allowance acquired via acquisition…………………….  
Balances at end of years ..................................................  $  35,843  $  35,805  $  30,370 

35,749 
(38,494)    (22,468)   

25,262 

Years Ended December 31 
2008 
2009 

The  Bank’s  policy  for  impaired  loan  accounting  subjects  all  loans  to  impairment  recognition  except  for  large 
groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans such as credit card, residential mortgage and consumer loans.  The 
Bank generally considers loans 90 days or more past due and all nonaccrual loans to be impaired. 

Note 6 – Premises and equipment 

The following is a summary of premises and equipment (in thousands): 

December 31 

  2009 
Land  ...............................................................................  $  15,043 
21,974 
Buildings ......................................................................... 
31,081 
Equipment ....................................................................... 
2,109 
Leasehold improvements................................................. 
70,207 
   Premises and equipment, total cost…………………...  
Less, accumulated depreciation....................................... 
29,801 
   Premises and equipment, net ........................................  $  40,406 

  2008 
$  13,626 
  23,256 
  31,535 
2,152 
  70,569 
  25,316 
$  45,253 

 68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  amounting  to  $4,630,000,  $4,737,000  and  $3,192,000,  for  the  years 
ended  December  31,  2009,  2008,  and  2007,  respectively,  is  included  in  occupancy  expense  and  furniture  and 
equipment expense in the consolidated statements of income. 

Note 7 – Deposits 

The  aggregate  amount  of  certificates  of  deposit  of  $100,000  or  more  was  approximately  $239,057,000  and 
$347,305,000  at  December  31,  2009  and  2008,  respectively.    The  accompanying  table  presents  the  scheduled 
maturities of total time deposits at December 31, 2009 (in thousands). 

Years ending December 31, 

2010………………………………………………………… 
2011………………………………………………………… 
2012………………………………………………………… 
2013……………………………………………………… 
2014………………………………………………………… 
Thereafter…………………………………………………… 
     Total time deposits………………………………… 

$          590,915 
40,116 
36,283 
5,211 
1,511 
359 
$         674,395 

Note 8 – Short-term borrowings and long-term debt 

The following is a schedule of short-term borrowings and long-term debt (in thousands, except percentages): 

2009 
Federal funds purchased and   
    repurchase agreements 
Federal Reserve Bank borrowings 
Trust preferred securities 
FHLB borrowings…………………….. 
          Total……………………………. 

2008 
Federal funds purchased and  
    repurchase agreements 
Trust preferred securities 
FHLB borrowings…………………….. 
          Total……………………………. 

Balance 
as of 
December 31 

Interest Rate 
as of 
December 31 

Average  
Balance 

Average 
Interest 
Rate 

Maximum 
Outstanding 
at Any 
Monthend 

$          46,000 
27,600 
25,774 
165,200 
$        264,574 

           4.12 % 
           0.50 % 
          1.76 % 
          2.86 % 

$    47,220 
2,467 
25,774 
149,559 
  $  225,020 

  4.03 % 
   0.48 % 
  2.39 % 
   3.15 % 

$       53,841 
27,600 
25,774 
174,000 
$   281,215 

$          51,041 
25,774 
139,000 
$        215,815 

          3.78 %  
           5.22 % 
          3.13 % 

$    64,328 
25,774 
148,206 
  $  238,308 

  3.66 % 
  5.06 % 
   3.70 % 

$    97,139 
25,774 
242,860 
$  365,773 

At December 31, 2009, the Bank had a $401,520,000 line of credit with the FHLB under which $165,200,000 
was outstanding.  This line of credit is secured with FHLB stock, certain pledged securities and a blanket floating 
lien on qualifying 1 to 4 family residential mortgage loans and qualifying commercial real estate.  Based upon 
collateral  pledged,  as  of  December  31,  2009,  the  borrowing  capacity  under  this  line  was  $263,609,000,  with 
$48,409,000  available  to  be  borrowed.    The  outstanding  amounts  consist  of  $112,500,000  maturing  in  2010, 
$35,000,000 maturing in 2011, $2,700,000 maturing in 2012 and $15,000,000 maturing in 2014. In addition to 
the credit line at the FHLB, the Bank has borrowing capacity at the Federal Reserve Bank totaling $75,471,000, 
of which there was $27,600,000 outstanding at December 31, 2009, all of which matures in 2010.        

Federal funds purchased represent unsecured overnight borrowings from other financial institutions by the Bank.  
Retail  repurchase  agreements  represent  short-term  borrowings  by  the  Bank,  with  overnight  maturities 
collateralized by securities of the United States Government or its agencies. 

 69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FNB Southeast, the banking subsidiary of FNB, sold securities under an agreement to repurchase (a “wholesale 
repurchase agreement”) on December 8, 2006. This $21,000,000 transaction has a maturity date of December 8, 
2016, became callable after one year, and has quarterly calls thereafter at a fixed rate of 4.03%. The investment 
securities serving as collateral for this borrowing had a market value of approximately $25,905,000 at December 
31, 2009. 

FNB  Southeast  also  entered  into  a  wholesale  repurchase  agreement  on  June  28,  2007.    The  $15,000,000 
transaction  has  a  maturity  date  of  June  28,  2011,  became  callable  after  one  year,  and  has  quarterly  calls 
thereafter. The transaction has a fixed rate of 4.42%.  In addition, the Bank entered into a wholesale repurchase 
agreement  on  December  20,  2007.    The  $10,000,000  transaction  has  a  maturity  date  of  December  20,  2010, 
became callable after two years, and has quarterly calls thereafter. The transaction has a fixed rate of 3.85%. The 
investment  securities  serving  as  collateral  for  these  two  borrowings  had  a  market  value  of  approximately 
$32,098,000 at December 31, 2009. 

FNB and FNB Financial Services Capital Trust I, a Delaware statutory trust (the “Trust,” now wholly owned by 
the Company), issued and sold in a private placement, on August 26, 2005, $25,000,000 of the Trust’s floating 
rate  preferred  securities,  with  a  liquidation  amount  of  $1,000  per  preferred  security,  bearing  a  variable  rate  of 
interest  per  annum,  reset  quarterly,  equal  to  3  month  LIBOR  plus  1.46%  (the  “Preferred  Securities”)  and  a 
maturity date of September 30, 2035. The Preferred Securities become callable after five years. Interest payment 
dates are March 30, June 30, September 30 and December 30 of each year. The Preferred Securities are fully and 
unconditionally guaranteed on a subordinated basis by the Company with respect to distributions and amounts 
payable upon liquidation, redemption or repayment. The entire proceeds from the sale by the Trust to the holders 
of the Preferred Securities was combined with the entire proceeds from the sale by the Trust to the Company of 
its  common  securities  (the  “Common  Securities”),  and  was  used  by  the  Trust  to  purchase  $25,774,000  in 
principal  amount  of  the  Floating  Rate  Junior  Subordinated  Notes  (the  “Junior  Subordinated  Notes”)  of  the 
Company. The Company has not included the Trust in the consolidated financial statements.  FNB contributed 
$24,000,000 of the proceeds from the sale of the Junior Subordinated Notes to FNB as Tier I Capital to support 
FNB’s growth.  Currently, regulatory capital rules allow trust preferred securities to be included as a component 
of regulatory capital. 

The following is a schedule of the components of other borrowings (in thousands): 

 Federal funds purchased………………………………….……………………. 
 Federal Reserve Bank borrowings……………………………………………..  
 Retail repurchase agreements………………………………………………….. 
 Wholesale repurchase agreements…………………………………………….. 
 Junior subordinated notes……………………………………………………… 
               Total ………………………………………………………………… 

2009 

2008 

$            -     
27,600 
- 
46,000 
25,774 
  $  99,374 

$  4,600  
- 
441 
46,000 
25,774 
  $  76,815 

 70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 9 – Other assets and other liabilities 

The components of other assets and liabilities for the years ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands): 

Other assets: 
  Core deposit intangible……………………………………… 
  Accrued interest receivable…………………………………... 
  Other ………………………………………….…………….. 
               Total…………………………………...……………. 
Other liabilities: 
  Accrued interest payable……………………..………………  
  Accrued compensation…………………………………..…… 
  Dividends payable…..…………………………………..…… 
  Retirement plans and deferred compensation………………… 
  Other………………………………………….…….……….. 
               Total………………………………….……………. 

Note 10 – Income taxes 

2009 

2008 

$       5,252 
8,313 
13,152 
$     26,717 

1,534 
1,731 
335 
11,156 
3,282 
$    18,038 

$       5,978 
9,014 
14,202 
$    29,194 

2,823 
3,402 
177 
9,460 
4,251 
$    20,113 

The components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31 are as follows (in thousands): 

Current tax expense 
     Federal……………………………………. 
     State………………………………………. 
          Total current……………………….…. 
Deferred tax (benefit) expense 
     Federal……………………………………. 
     State………………………………………. 
          Total deferred………………………… 
               Total income tax expense (benefit)... 

2009 

2008 

2007 

$              (4,808) 
(613) 
(5,421) 

$              (70) 
                     563 
                     493 

   $             377 
                  426 
                  803 

(5,133) 
(1,087) 
(6,220) 
$              (11,641) 

(6,121) 
(1,296) 
(7,417) 
$        (6,924) 

(5,144) 
(1,053) 
(6,197) 
$       (5,394) 

The significant components of deferred tax assets at December 31 are as follows (in thousands): 

Deferred tax assets: 
  Allowance for credit losses…………………………………. 
  Non-qualified deferred compensation plans…….………….. 
  Accrued compensation……………………………………… 
  Writedowns on loans and real estate acquired in 
        settlement of loans……………………………………… 
  Net operating losses……………………………………….... 
  Pension plans – Other comprehensive income……………... 
  Other ……………………………………………………….. 
  Valuation allowance………………………………………… 
               Total………………………………….……………. 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
  Depreciable basis of property and equipment………………  
  Deferred loan fees…………………………………..………. 
  Net unrealized gain on available for sale securities………… 
  Other………………………………………….…………….. 
               Total………………………………….……………. 
Net deferred tax assets…………..…………….…………….. 

2009 

2008 

$  14,142 
            1,441 
628 

7,400 
9,434 
2,106 
4,877 
(544) 
$  39,484 

5,829 
438 
3,026 
4,169 
13,462 
  $ 26,022 

$  14,470 
       1,063 
699 

2,386 
8,027 
3,079 
4,024 
- 
$ 33,748 

5,278 
833 
1,935 
3,838 
11,884 
  $ 21,864 

Management  has  evaluated  the  realizability  of  the  recorded  deferred  tax  assets  at  December  31,  2009.    This 
evaluation included a review of recent improving trends and expected near term levels in the net interest margin, 
non performing assets, operating expenses and other factors.  It also included a current forecast of performance 

 71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
for 2010 as well as projections for several years based on management’s expectations of performance, adjusted 
to assume a continuation of credit quality issues and future net interest margin erosion.  It further included the 
consideration  of  the  items  that  have  given  rise  to  the  deferred  tax  assets,  as  well  as  tax  planning  strategies.  
Management  has  concluded  that,  with  the  exception  of  contribution  and  tax  credit  carryforwards  which  begin 
expiring  in  three  years,  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  deferred  taxes  will  be  realized  and  therefore,  no 
valuation allowance is necessary, except for those contribution and tax credit carryforwards.   

The  provision  for  income  taxes  differs  from  that  computed  by  applying  the  federal  statutory  rate  of  35%  as 
indicated in the following analysis (in thousands, except percentages): 

Tax based on statutory rates……………….. 
Increase (decrease) resulting from: 
     Effect of tax-exempt income…………… 
     Write off of goodwill…………………… 
     State income taxes, net of federal benefit 
     Income on bank-owned life insurance….. 
     Other, net……………………………….. 
     Total provision (benefit) for income taxes…… 
Effective tax rate 

Note 11 – Lease commitments  

2009 

2008 

2007 

$       (9,371) 

$       (22,339) 

$         (3,870) 

(1,570) 
- 
(1,105) 
(205) 
                610 
$       (11,641) 
(43.5%) 

(1,456) 
              17,653 
(476) 
(386) 
                     80 
$         (6,924) 
(10.8%) 

(726) 
- 
(407) 
(182) 
(209) 
$         (5,394) 
(48.8%) 

The minimum annual lease commitments under noncancelable operating leases in effect at December 31, 2009, 
are as follows (in thousands): 

Years Ending December 31 

2010………………………………………………………………... 
2011………………………………………………………………... 
2012………………………………………………………………... 
2013………………………………………………………………... 
2014………………………………………………………………... 
Thereafter ………………………………………………………….. 
     Total lease commitments……………………………………….. 

$         1,657  
1,271 
927 
823 
711 
727 
$        6,116 

Payments  under  these  leases  amounted  to  approximately  $2,671,000,  $2,452,000  and  $1,677,000  for  the  years 
ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. 

Note 12 – Related party transactions 

The Bank had loans outstanding to principal officers and directors and their affiliated entities during each of the 
past two years.  Such loans were made substantially on the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as 
those  prevailing  at  the  time  for  comparable  transactions  with  other  borrowers,  and,  at  the  time  that  they  were 
made,  did  not  involve  more  than  the  normal  risks  of  collectibility.    The  following  table  summarizes  the 
transactions for the past two years (in thousands): 

Balance, beginning of year 
Amounts removed as a result of director resignations 
Advances (repayments), net, during year 
Balance, end of year 

       2009 
$   11,575 
(1,801) 
    455 
$  10,229 

        2008 

$   10,283 
- 
    1,292 
$  11,575 

 72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 13 - Other operating income and expenses 

The components of other operating income and other operating expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 
2008 and 2007 are as follows (in thousands):  

                                            Years Ended December 31 

 2009                  2008                2007 

Other operating income: 
  Bankcard income ……………………...……………………….. 
  Fee income ............................................ ……………………….. 
  Investment services commissions .......... ………………………..  
  Insurance commissions .......................... ……………………….. 
  Trust income  ......................................... ……………………….. 
  Gain (loss) on sales of real estate .......... ……………………….. 
  Income on bank-owned life insurance ... ……………………….. 
  Other income .......................................... ……………………….. 

$ 

2,228 
4,013 
1,186 
78 
   563 
         (591) 

$  2,545      $      2,627   
     3,126              1,860   
        874                 862 
        153                 155 
        571                 639 
       (508) 

     (437)   

587           
419 
8,483 

1,103                462 

578 

      711   
$   8,442         $    6,879 

$ 

Other operating expenses: 
  Advertising  ........................................... ……………………….    $     1,428           $  1,940          $   1,144   
   4,909   
  Automated services ............................... ……………………….  
    6,006  
    2,413  
  Bankcard expense .................................. ……………………….  
   2,256   
    3,448               4,920   
  Legal and professional fees.................... ……………………….  
    1,040        
  Postage................................................... ……………………….  
      908 
   1,169   
       909      
  Stationery, printing and supplies............ ……………………….  
       807                  674   
  Other real estate owned expense ........... ……………………….  
   3,565   
    3,064      
  Other real estate owned write-downs..... ……………………….  
  Other expenses....................................... ……………………….  
   5,448 
    7,127  
$   22,669          $ 26,754          $ 24,993 

5,724 
2,225 
3,460 
873 
590 
919 
703 
  6,747 

Note 14 – Stock based compensation 

In accordance with GAAP, the Company recorded $117,000, or less than $0.01 per diluted share, of total stock-
based compensation expense during 2009,  compared to $93,000, or less than $0.01 per diluted share, in 2008.  
The  stock-based  compensation  expense  is  calculated  on  a  ratable  basis  over  the  vesting  periods  of  the  related 
stock options or restricted stock units.  This expense had no impact on the Company’s reported cash flows.  The 
stock-based  compensation  expense  is  reported  under  personnel  expense  in  the  consolidated  statements  of 
income.  

To determine the amounts recorded in the financial statements, the fair value of each stock option is estimated on 
the  date  of  the  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  with  the  following  weighted-average 
assumptions: 

                                                                      Year Ended December 31, 2008 

Dividend yield ................................................................ 
  7.40  % 
  2.50  % 
Risk-free interest rate...................................................... 
Expected stock volatility.................................................    36.32  % 
Expected years until exercise.......................................... 

  6.25 

      There were no stock options granted during 2009 or 2007.   

For restricted stock units, the fair value is considered to be the market price on the date the restricted stock unit is 
granted.    

As  of  December  31,  2009,  there  was  $170,000  of  total  unrecognized  compensation  expense  related  to  stock 
options and restricted stock units granted under the NewBridge Bancorp Amended and Restated Comprehensive 
Equity  Compensation  Plan  (formerly  the  LSB  Bancshares  Inc.  Comprehensive  Equity  Compensation  Plan  for 

 73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
                   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
      
 
 
   
 
      
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors and Employees) (the “Comprehensive Benefit Plan”).  This expense will be fully amortized by March 
of 2013.  

As of December 31, 2009, 31,000 restricted stock units granted to certain executive officers were outstanding.  The 
weighted average fair value of these restricted stock units is $6.58, which was the weighted average closing price of 
the  Company’s  common  stock  on  the  dates  they  were  granted.    The  restricted  stock  units  vest  based  on  certain 
performance criteria that the Company did not meet during 2009, and does not expect to meet during 2010.  The 
stock-based compensation expense for these awards was immaterial for the period ended December 31, 2009. 

As  of  December  31,  2009,  the  Company’s  Compensation  Committee  administered  the  Company’s  six  stock-
based compensation plans, including two stock-based compensation plans assumed by the Company pursuant to 
the Merger.  

The Company’s Compensation Committee administers the following legacy LSB plans to the extent that awards 
remain outstanding and unexercised: (a) the 1986 Employee Incentive Stock Option Plan; (b) the 1994 Director 
Stock Option Plan; and (c) the 1996 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan (collectively, the “Previous Benefit Plans”).  
Each of the Previous Benefit Plans has expired and no additional awards may be granted thereunder.  

At  their  2004  annual  meeting,  LSB’s  shareholders  approved  the  Comprehensive  Benefit  Plan.  Under  the 
Comprehensive Benefit Plan, 750,000 shares of common stock are available for issuance to plan participants in 
the  form  of  stock  options,  restricted  stock,  restricted  stock  units,  performance  units  and  other  stock-based 
awards.   

At  their  1996  annual  meeting,  FNB  shareholders  approved  the  FNB  Omnibus  Equity  Compensation  Plan  (the 
“1996  FNB  Omnibus  Plan”).  The  1996  FNB  Omnibus  Plan  authorizes  the  Board  of  Directors  to  grant  stock 
options to directors, executives and key employees. Options granted under the 1996 FNB Omnibus Plan have a 
term of up to ten years and generally vest over a four-year period beginning on the date of the grant. Options 
under the 1996 FNB Omnibus Plan were granted at a price not less than the fair market value at the date of grant. 
The 1996 FNB Omnibus Plan expired in 2006 and no more options may be granted thereunder. 

The  FNB  Long  Term  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (the  “2006  FNB  Omnibus  Plan”)  was  approved  by  FNB’s 
shareholders at their 2006 annual meeting and authorized the issuance of up to 500,000 shares of FNB common 
stock pursuant to the exercise of various rights granted under the 2006 FNB Omnibus Plan. Under the 2006 FNB 
Omnibus  Plan,  participants  may  be  granted  or  awarded  eligible  options,  rights  to  receive  restricted  shares  of 
common  stock  and/or  performance  units.  Except  with  respect  to  awards  then  outstanding,  all  awards  must  be 
granted or awarded on or before May 18, 2016.  

Upon  the  Merger,  each  option  to  acquire  a  share  of  FNB  common  stock  granted  pursuant  to  the  2006  FNB 
Omnibus Plan and the 1996 FNB Omnibus Plan that was outstanding and unexercised immediately prior to the 
Merger was converted into an option to acquire 1.07 shares of the Company’s common stock. 

 74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following is a summary of stock option activity and related information for the years ended December 31: 

2009 

  Weighted 

Avg. 
Exercise 
Price 

2008 

  Weighted 

Avg. 
Exercise 
Price 

Options 

2007 
  Weighted 

Avg. 
Exercise 
Price 

Options 

$     14.32 
- 
- 
- 
13.55 

1,394,517 
- 
24,000 
- 
  (366,000) 

$     14.84 
              - 
        9.18 
             - 
15.96 

604,425 
866,860 
- 
- 
(76,768) 

$      17.31 
       13.08 
           - 
           - 
       15.21 

Options 

1,052,517 
- 
- 
- 
(155,526) 

896,991 

$     14.45   

1,052,517 

$     14.32   

1,394,517 

$      14.84    

811,041 

$     14.41   

940,517 

$     14.23   

1,247,517 

 $    14.62     

Outstanding - 
     Beginning of year… 
     Acquired via merger 
     Granted…………….. 
     Exercised…………... 
     Forfeited…………… 
Outstanding – End 
     of year…………… 

Exercisable – End  
     of year……………... 

The following is a summary of information on outstanding and exercisable options at December 31, 2009: 

Options Outstanding 

Options Exercisable 

Range of  
Exercise Prices 
 $5.81 –  10.05 
$11.06 – 15.42 
$15.56 – 16.93 
$17.10 – 18.00 

Number  

212,606 
290,151 
143,109 
251,125 
896,991 

Weighted Average 
Remaining Contractual 
Life (Years) 
2.72 
4.02 
5.01 
3.79 
3.81 

Weighted 
Average Exercise 
Price 
$    8.92 
      14.98 
16.40 
   17.43 
$  14.45 

Number  
198,356 
290,151 
89,609 
232,925 
811,041 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise Price 
$     8.91 
      14.98 
16.90 
    17.44 
$   14.41 

Note 15 – Net loss per share 

The  following  is  a  reconciliation  of  the  numerator  and  denominator  of  basic  and  diluted  net  loss  per  share  of 
common stock as required by GAAP (in thousands, except share data): 

Basic and diluted: 
     Net loss available to common shareholders… 

For the years ended December 31, 

2009 

2008 

2007 

 $  (18,050) 

 $  (57,072) 

 $  (5,663) 

     Weighted average shares outstanding………………… 

15,655,868 

15,663,719 

11,485,353 

     Net loss per share, basic and diluted……….. 

$          (1.15) 

$          (3.64) 

$          (0.49) 

No securities were dilutive during any of the periods presented, and therefore, basic and diluted loss per share are 
identical for all three years presented above. 

On  December  31,  2009,  there  were  896,991  options,  31,000  restricted  stock  units  and  a  warrant  to  purchase 
2,567,255 shares outstanding. On December 31, 2008, there were 1,049,517 options, 24,000 restricted stock units 
and a warrant to purchase 2,567,255 shares outstanding. On December 31, 2007, there were 1,108,264 options 
outstanding.  In each case the options, the restricted stock units and the warrant were antidilutive as a result of 
the Company’s net loss for each of the three years.  

See  Note  22  in  the  Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  a 
description of the warrant. 

 75 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 16 – Parent company only 

The  parent  company’s  principal  asset  is  its  investment  in  its  subsidiary,  the  Bank.    The  principal  source  of 
income of the parent company is dividends received from the Bank.  The following presents condensed financial 
information of the parent company (in thousands): 

Condensed balance sheets 
Assets 
     Cash and due from banks………………………………………... 
     Investment in wholly-owned subsidiary..……………………….. 
     Other assets………………………………………………………. 
     Total assets………………………………………………………. 

Trust preferred securities…………………………………………… 
Other liabilities.................................................................................... 
Shareholders’ equity………………………………………………… 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity……………………….….. 

2009 

2008 

$    9,933 
180,911 
1,097 
$  191,941 

  $    26,308 
175,746 
4,507 
  $  206,561 

$    25,774 
        1,563 
164,604 
$  191,941 

  $    25,774 
        1,551 
179,236 
  $  206,561 

Condensed statements of income 
Dividends from subsidiary………………………………………….. 
Other operating expense ……………….……..…………………….. 
Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary..…. 
Equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiary………….… 
Net loss………….………………………………………………….. 

2009 

2008 

2007 

$             - 
         824 
(824) 
(14,309) 
$ (15,133) 

  $      8,175 
     51,319 
(43,144) 
(13,758) 
  $ (56,902) 

  $    12,999 
         944 
    12,055 
 (17,718) 
  $   (5,663) 

Condensed statements of cash flows 
  Cash flows from operating activities 
     Net loss ............................................................................... .......... 
     Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided 
     by operating activities: 
          Other changes, net……………………………………………. 
          Change in investment in wholly-owned subsidiary…… 
             Net cash provided by operating activities .................. 
  Cash flows from investing activities 
      Investments in wholly-owned subsidiary 
     (Increase) decrease in other assets ..................................... 
              Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities 
  Cash flows from financing activities 
     Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock and warrants 
     Dividends paid ................................................................... 
     Common stock acquired .................................................... 
     Increase in other liabilities ................................................. 
             Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities ... 
Increase (decrease) in cash ..................................................... 
Cash at beginning of year ....................................................... 
Cash at end of year ................................................................. 
Supplemental non-cash financing activities: 
  Common stock issued in acquisition 

$ (15,133)  

$ (56,902)   

$    (5,663)

3,243  
14,309  
2,419  

(16,372)  
-  
(16,372)  

49,283   
13,758   
6,139   

(26,000)   
-   
(26,000)   

(2,626)
17,718
9,429

-
898
898

-  
(2,422)  
-  
-  
(2,422)  
(16,375)  
26,308  
$      9,933  

52,372   
(6,122)   
(341)   
38   
45,947   
26,086   
222   
$      26,308   

-
(6,983)
(3,422)
(6)
(10,411)
(84)
306
$         222

-  

-   

$  116,865

 76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
Note 17 – Off-balance sheet arrangements 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements do not reflect various commitments and contingent liabilities 
which  arise  in  the  normal  course  of  business  and  which  involve  elements  of  credit  risk,  interest  rate  risk  and 
liquidity  risk.    These  commitments  and  contingent  liabilities  are  commitments  to  extend  credit  and  standby 
letters  of  credit.    A  summary  of  the  contractual  amounts  of  the  Bank’s  exposure  to  off-balance  sheet  risk  at 
December 31 is as follows (in thousands): 

Loan commitments…………………………………………………… 
Credit card lines……………………………………………………… 
Standby letters of credit……………………………………………… 
     Total commitments and contingent liabilities……………………. 

Contractual Amount 

2009 

2008 

$  295,041 
21,790 
           3,994 
$  320,825 

$  363,044 
21,213 
3,686 
$  387,943 

The Bank’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to these commitments is 
equal  to  the  contractual  amount  of  those  instruments.    The  Bank  uses  the  same  credit  policies  in  making 
commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments. 

Note 18 – Employee benefit plans 

The Company has three defined benefit retirement plans as follows: 

1)  A pension plan, which is the result of the merger of two legacy pension plans. The first plan was a 
plan  covering  substantially  all  of  the  former  employees  of  Lexington  State  Bank,  and  which  was 
curtailed  in  December  2006.    The  second  plan  was  a  plan  covering  substantially  all  of  the  former 
employees of FNB Southeast, which was curtailed prior to the Merger.  These two plans were merged 
into one plan, effective December 31, 2008. 
2)  A supplemental executive retirement plan (“SERP”) covering certain executive and former executive 
officers, which was curtailed in 2008; and 
3) A retiree health benefit plan, which provides partial health insurance benefits for certain early retired 
former employees of Lexington State Bank, which was curtailed in 2007. 

The  disclosures  presented  represent  combined  information  for  all  of  the  employee  benefit  plans.  The  retiree 
health benefit plan is not a material part of the aggregate information. 

The  pension  plan,  the  retiree  health  benefit  plan  and  the  SERP  provide  for  benefits  to  be  paid  to  eligible 
employees at retirement based primarily upon years of service with the Company and a percentage of qualifying 
compensation during the employee’s final years of employment.  Contributions to the pension plan were based 
upon  the  projected  unit  credited  actuarial  funding  method  and  comply  with  the  funding  requirements  of  the 
Employee Retirement Income Security Act.  Contributions prior to the curtailments were intended to provide not 
only for benefits attributed to service to date but also for those expected to be earned in the future.  Plan assets 
consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, U.S. government securities, and securities.  The following tables 
outline the changes in these pension obligations, assets and funded status for the years ended December 31, 2009 
and 2008, and the assumptions and components of net periodic pension cost for the two and three years in the 
period ended December 31, 2009 (in thousands): 

 77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Change in benefit obligation 
Projected benefit obligation at beginning of year……….……………… 
Service cost……………………………………………………………… 
Interest cost……………………………………………………………… 
Actuarial (gain) loss…………..………….……………………………... 
Benefits paid…………………………………………………………….. 
Curtailment…………………………………………………………….. 
Projected benefit obligation at end of year……………………………... 
Change in plan assets 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year…………………………… 
Actual return on plan assets……………………………………………... 
Employer contribution…………………………………………………... 
Benefits paid…………………………………………………………….. 
Fair value of plan assets at end of year………………………………….. 
Funded status at end of year 
Plan assets less projected benefit obligation……………………….. 
Unrecognized transitional obligation……………………………………… 
Pension asset (liability)……………………………………………………. 

Amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets consist of: 
Pension liability……………………………………………………………. 
Deferred tax asset………………………………………….………………….. 
Accumulated comprehensive income, net…………………………………… 
Net amount recognized……………………………………………………….. 

2009 

2008 

$ 24,104 
43 
1,494 
1,346 
(1,271) 
- 
25,716 

14,644 
4,351 
964 
(1,271) 
18,688 

(7,028) 
- 
$ (7,028) 

$ 24,537 
213 
1,520 
(103) 
(1,423) 
(640) 
24,104 

20,526 
(4,870) 
411 
(1,423) 
14,644 

(9,460) 
- 
$ (9,460) 

2009 

2008 

$ (7,028)   
3,256 
3,227 
 $  (545) 

$ (9,460)   
4,142 
4,637 
 $  (681) 

2009 

2008 

2007 

Components of net periodic pension cost 
Service…………………………………………………  
Interest…………………………………………………  
Expected return on plan assets……………………. 
Amortization of prior service cost………………… 
Amortization of transition obligation……………… 
Amortization of net gain (loss)……………………. 
Curtailment………………………………………… 
Net periodic pension cost 

$         43 
1,494 
(1,197) 
1 
- 
416 
- 
$        757 

$      213 
1,520 
(1,630) 
82 
- 
54 
(241) 
$        (2) 

$      156 
1,085 
(1,262) 
2 
10 
5 
- 
$        (4) 

Weighted-average assumptions 
Discount rate…………………………………………. 
Expected return on plan assets ……………………….. 
Rate of compensation increases……………..……….. 

6.00% 
8.25% 
2.25% 

6.25% 
8.25% 
4.75% 

6.25% 
8.25% 
4.75% 

Target  asset  allocations  are  established  based  on  periodic  evaluations  of  risk/reward  under  various  economic 
scenarios and with varying asset class allocations. The near-term and long-term impact on obligations and asset 
values  are  projected  and  evaluated  for  funding  and  financial  accounting  implications.  Actual  allocation  and 
investment  performance  is  reviewed  quarterly.  The  current  target  allocation  ranges,  along  with  the  actual 
allocation as of December 31, 2009, are included in the accompanying table. 

 78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Plan Assets 

Equity securities.................................. 
Debt securities..................................... 
     Total................................................ 

Market Value as of  
December 31, 2009 
(in thousands) 

$  11,082 
7,606 
$  18,688 

Actual Allocation as of  
December 31, 2009 

Long-Term 
Allocation Target 

59.3% 
40.7% 
100% 

40% - 75% 
25% - 60% 
100% 

The assumed expected return on assets considers the current level of expected returns on risk-free investments 
(primarily government bonds), the historical level of risk premium associated with the other asset classes in the 
portfolio  and  the  expectation  for  future  returns  of  each  asset  class.  The  expected  return  of  each  asset  class  is 
weighted based on the target allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on assets. This resulted 
in the selection of the 8.25% rate used in 2009 and to  be used  for 2010.  The required contributions for 2009 
were  approximately  $964,000,  and  the  required  contributions  for  2010  are  expected  to  be  approximately 
$859,000. The expected benefit payments for the next ten years are as follows: (1) 2010 - $1,259,000, (2) 2011 - 
$1,305,000, (3) 2012 - $1,352,000, (4) 2013 - $1,472,000, (5) 2014 - $1,469,000, and (6) 2015 through 2019 - 
$8,613,000. 

The Company also has a separate contributory 401(k) savings plan covering substantially all employees.  Prior to 
year end 2007, the separate plans of the two legacy banks were merged into the current 401(k) savings plan.  The 
401(k) savings plan allows eligible employees to contribute up to a fixed percentage of their compensation, with 
the  Bank  matching  a  portion  of  each  employee’s  contribution.    The  Bank’s  contributions  were  $748,000  for 
2009, $878,000 for 2008 and $587,000 for 2007.  The 401(k) savings plan contribution expense is reported under 
personnel expense in the consolidated statements of income. 

Three  deferred  compensation  plans  allow  the  directors  of  the  Company  to  defer  compensation.    Each  plan 
participant makes an annual election to either receive that year’s compensation or to defer receipt until his or her 
death,  disability  or  retirement.    The  deferred  compensation  balances  of  two  of these  plans  are  maintained  in  a 
rabbi  trust.    The  balances  in  the  trust  at  December  31,  2009  and  2008  were  $3,134,000  and  $2,412,000, 
respectively.  The third plan acquires shares of the Company’s common stock in the open market and holds these 
shares in a trust at cost, as a component of shareholders’ equity, until distributed. 

Note 19 – Regulatory matters 

The  primary  source  of  funds  for  the  dividends  paid  by  the  Company  to  its  shareholders  is  dividends  received 
from  the  Bank.   The  Bank  is  restricted  as  to  dividend  payout  by  state  laws  applicable  to  banks  and  may  pay 
dividends  only  out  of  undivided  profits.    At  December  31,  2009,  the  Bank  had  undivided  profits  of 
approximately  $52.3  million.  Additionally,  dividends  paid  by  the  Company  and  the  Bank  may  be  limited  by 
minimum  capital  requirements  imposed  by  banking  regulators.    During  2008,  the  Company  first  reduced  its 
quarterly  cash  dividend,  and  later  suspended  the  payment  of  cash  dividends,  based  on  the  highly  uncertain 
economic conditions and in the interest of preserving capital.  As a consequence of the Company’s participation 
in the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “U.S. Treasury”) Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”), regulatory 
approval is currently required before the Company may increase dividends payable on its common stock to more 
than the last quarterly cash dividend ($0.05) declared prior to October 14, 2008. 

The  Company  and  the  Bank  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements  administered  by  federal 
banking agencies.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory – and possible 
additional  discretionary  –  actions  by  regulators  that,  if  undertaken,  could  have  a  direct  material  effect  on  the 
Company’s  financial  statements.    Under  capital  adequacy  guidelines  and  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt 
corrective  action,  the  Company  and  the  Bank  must  meet  specific  capital  guidelines  that  involve  quantitative 
measures  of  assets,  liabilities  and  certain  off-balance-sheet  items  as  calculated  under  regulatory  accounting 
practices.  The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about 
components, risk weighting, and other factors.  

 79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to 
maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the 
regulations)  to  risk-weighted  assets  (as  defined),  and  of  Tier  1  capital  to  average  assets  (as  defined).  
Management believes that as of December 31, 2009, both the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy 
requirements to which they are subject. 

The  most  recent  notification  from  the  NC  Commissioner  of  Banks  categorized  the  Bank  as  “well  capitalized” 
under  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action.    There  are  no  conditions  or  events  since  that 
notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category. To be categorized as well capitalized 
the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the 
accompanying table (in thousands, except percentages). 

Actual 

For Capital 
Adequacy 
Purposes 

To Be Well 
Capitalized Under 
Prompt Corrective 
Action Provisions 

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

Amount 

Ratio 

December 31, 2009 

  Total Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets) 
     Consolidated……………………………. 
     Bank… ………………………................ 
  Tier 1 Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)  
     Consolidated……………………………. 
     Bank… ………………………................ 
  Tier 1 Capital (To Average Assets)  
     Consolidated……………………………. 
     Bank... ……………………..................... 

December 31, 2008 

  Total Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets) 
     Consolidated……………………………. 
     Bank… ………………………................ 
  Tier 1 Capital (To Risk Weighted Assets)  
     Consolidated……………………………. 
     Bank… ………………………................ 
  Tier 1 Capital (To Average Assets)  
     Consolidated……………………………. 
     Bank... ……………………..................... 

$ 195,658 
185,579 

12.3% 
11.7 

$ 127,551 
127,414 

  ≥8.0% 
  ≥8.0 

N/A 
$ 159,268 

≥10.0% 

175,304 
165,246 

175,304 
165,246 

11.0 
10.4 

8.9 
8.4 

63,776 
63,707 

  ≥4.0 
  ≥4.0 

78,531 
78,439 

  ≥4.0 
  ≥4.0 

N/A 
95,561 

N/A 
98,049 

   ≥6.0% 

   ≥5.0% 

$ 217,130 
187,810 

12.4% 
10.8 

$ 140,110 
139,745 

  ≥8.0% 
  ≥8.0 

N/A 
$ 174,681 

≥10.0% 

194,990 
165,726 

194,990 
165,726 

11.2 
9.5 

9.4 
8.0 

70,055 
69,872 

  ≥4.0 
  ≥4.0 

83,223 
83,171 

  ≥4.0 
  ≥4.0 

N/A 
104,809 

N/A 
103,964 

   ≥6.0% 

   ≥5.0% 

Note 20 - Fair value of financial instruments 

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value for each class of the Company’s 
financial instruments. 

Cash and cash equivalents.  The carrying amounts for cash and due from banks approximate fair value because 
of the short maturities of those instruments. 

Investment  securities.    In  accordance  with  GAAP,  the  fair  value  of  investment  securities  is  based  on  quoted 
prices in active markets for identical assets, if available.  If a quoted market price is not available, fair value is 
estimated  using  quoted  market  prices  for  similar  securities,  corresponding  to  the  “significant  other  observable 
inputs” definition of GAAP.  The fair value of equity investments in the restricted stock of the FHLB equals the 
carrying value. 

Loans.  The fair value of fixed rate loans is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates 
at  which  similar  loans  would  be  made  to  borrowers  with  similar  credit  ratings  and  for  the  same  remaining 
maturities.    Substantially  all  residential  mortgage  loans  held  for  sale  are  pre-sold  and  their  carrying  value 

 80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
approximates fair value.  The fair value of variable rate loans with frequent repricing and negligible credit risk 
approximates book value. 

Investment in bank-owned life insurance.   The carrying value of bank-owned life insurance approximates fair 
value because this investment is carried at cash surrender value, as determined by the insurer. 

Deposits.  The fair value of noninterest-bearing demand deposits and NOW, savings, and money market deposits 
are the amounts payable on demand at the reporting date.  The fair value of time deposits is estimated using the 
rates currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities. 

Federal  Funds  Purchased  and  Retail  Repurchase  Agreements.    The  carrying  value  of  federal  funds  purchased 
and retail repurchase agreements are considered to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.  

Wholesale Repurchase Agreements and Other borrowings.  The fair values of these liabilities are estimated using 
the discounted values of the contractual cash flows.  The discount rate is estimated using the rates currently in 
effect for similar borrowings. 

Accrued interest.   The carrying amounts of accrued interest approximate fair value. 

Financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk.  The carrying value of financial instruments with off-balance 
sheet risk is considered to approximate fair value, since a large majority of these future financing commitments 
would result in loans that have variable rates and/or relatively short terms to maturity.  For other commitments, 
generally of a short-term nature, the carrying value is considered to be a reasonable estimate of fair value.  The 
various financial instruments were disclosed in Note 17.  

The estimated fair values of financial instruments for the years ending December 31 (in thousands): 

Financial assets: 
Cash and short term investments…………… 
Investment securities………………………… 
Loans………………………………………… 
   Less allowance for loan losses………….… 
Net loans………………….……………….… 
Financial liabilities: 
Deposits……………………………………… 
Federal funds purchased and retail repurchase  
   agreements……………………………….. 
Federal Reserve Bank borrowings………….. 
Wholesale repurchase agreements………..… 
Junior subordinated notes…………………… 
FHLB borrowings…………………………… 

2009 

2008 

Carrying 
Value 

  Estimated 
Fair Value 

Carrying 
Value 

Estimated 
Fair Value 

$  44,840   
325,339 
1,463,094 
(35,843) 
1,427,251 

$  44,840   
325,869 
1,475,084 
- 
1,475,084 

$  87,860   
288,572 
1,604,525 
(35,805) 
1,568,720 

$  87,860   
288,804 
1,585,355 
- 
1,585,355 

1,499,310 

1,504,123 

1,663,463 

1,674,364 

- 
27,600 
46,000 
25,774 
165,200 

- 
27,600 
46,931 
12,586 
167,810 

5,041 
- 
46,000 
25,774 
139,000 

5,041 
- 
47,328 
11,294(1) 
141,693 

(1)  The 2008 fair value disclosure has been revised to reflect more correct assumptions. 

The  fair  value  estimates  are  made  at  a  specific  point  in  time  based  on  relevant  market  and  other  information 
about the financial instruments.  Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial 
instruments,  fair  value  estimates  are  based  on  current  economic  conditions,  risk  characteristics  of  various 
financial instruments, and such other factors.  These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties 
and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision.  Changes in assumptions 
could  significantly  affect  the  estimates.    In  addition,  the  tax  ramifications  related  to  the  realization  of  the 
unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in 
the estimates. 

 81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The table below presents the assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis categorized by the level of inputs 
used in the valuation of each asset (in thousands): 

December 31, 2009 - Assets measured at fair value, recurring 

Available for sale securities 
Real estate acquired in settlement of loans 
Core deposit intangible 
Mortgage loans held for sale 
Total 

Quoted prices in active 
markets for identical assets 
(Level 1) 
$219,875 
- 
- 
             - 
$219,875 

Significant other 
observable inputs 
(Level 2) 

$85,507 
- 
- 
6,568 
$92,075 

Significant 
unobservable inputs 
(Level 3) 
- 
27,337 
5,252 
            - 
            32,589 

The table below presents the assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis categorized by the level of 
inputs used in the valuation of each asset (in thousands): 

December 31, 2009 - Assets measured at fair value, non-recurring 

Impaired loans, net of allowance 
Total 

Quoted prices in active 
markets for identical assets 
(Level 1) 
             - 
             - 

Significant other 
observable inputs 
(Level 2) 

             - 
             - 

Significant 
unobservable inputs 
(Level 3) 
  $108,231 
$108,231 

Note 21 – Pro Forma Financial Statements (unaudited) 

Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, each share of common stock of FNB outstanding at the effective 
time  of  the  Merger  was  converted  into  the  right  to  receive  1.07  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  The 
Company  issued  approximately  $117  million  of  its  common  stock  to  FNB  shareholders,  based  on  7,059,823 
shares of FNB common stock outstanding as of July 31, 2007 and the closing price of the Company’s common 
stock on July 31, 2007. 

The  Merger  transaction  was  accounted  for  under  the  purchase  method  of  accounting  and  was  structured  to 
qualify  as  a  tax-free  reorganization  under  Section  368(a)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.    The  Merger  initially 
resulted in $49.9 million of goodwill and $6.6 million of core deposit intangibles.  The goodwill acquired was 
not  tax  deductible.    The  Company  subsequently  wrote  off  the  goodwill  as  of  December  31,  2008.    The  core 
deposit intangible was determined by an independent valuation and is being amortized over the estimated life of 
10 years, based on undiscounted cash flows.   

 82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A summary of the estimated fair values of assets and liabilities of FNB as of July 31, 2007 is presented in the 
table below.  The Company acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities as of that same date (in thousands). 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses                     
Investment securities                                                  
Premises and equipment                                                   
Core deposit intangible                                                          
Goodwill                                                                
Other assets                                                           
Deposits                                                             
Borrowings                                                            
Other liabilities                                                      
Investment in subsidiary, net of capitalized acquisition costs                                              $  120,005_   

$   14,803 
   632,576 
   252,223 
     22,523 
       6,613 
     49,947 
     50,184 
  (734,131) 
  (161,044) 
    (13,689) 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements include the results of operations of FNB only from the date of 
acquisition.  The following unaudited summary presents the consolidated results of operations of the Company 
on a pro forma basis for the year ended December 31, 2007 as if FNB had been acquired on January 1, 2007.  
The  pro  forma  summary  information  does  not  necessarily  reflect  the  results  of  operations  that  would  have 
occurred if the acquisition had occurred at the beginning of the period presented, or of results which may occur 
in the future. 

A summary of the pro forma financial statement is as follows (dollars in thousands, except per share data):  

Net interest income  

Provision for loan losses  

Net interest income after provisions for loan losses  
Noninterest income  

Noninterest expense  

Income (loss) before income tax expense  

Income tax expense  

Net income (loss) 

Weighted Average Common Shares: 
   Basic  
   Diluted  

Per Common Share Data: 
   Basic income (loss) 
   Diluted income (loss) 

For the Year  
Ended 
December 31, 2007 

73,818 

20,943 

52,875 
22,442 

80,511 

(5,194) 

(2,932) 

$ 

(2,262) 

15,694,068 
15,694,068 

$ 

(0.14) 
(0.14) 

 83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 22 – U.S. Treasury Capital Purchase Program 

Pursuant to the CPP, on December 12, 2008, Bancorp issued and sold to the U.S. Treasury (i) 52,372 shares of 
Bancorp’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and (ii) a 
warrant (the “Warrant”) to purchase 2,567,255 shares of Bancorp’s common stock at an exercise price of $3.06 
per share, representing an aggregate market price of approximately $7.9 million, for an aggregate purchase price 
of  $52,372,000  in  cash.    The  Warrant  may  be  exercised  by  U.S.  Treasury  at  any  time  before  it  expires  on 
December 12, 2018.  Subject to the approval of the federal banking regulators, the Series A Preferred Stock, may 
be redeemed in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time. Once an institution notifies the U.S. Treasury 
that it would like to repay its investment, the U.S. Treasury must permit repayment subject to consultation with 
the  federal  banking  regulators.  All  such  redemptions  will  be  at  100%  of  the  issue  price,  plus  any  accrued  and 
unpaid dividends.  The fair value of the Warrant of $1,497,000 was estimated on the date of the grant using the 
Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model.    The  holders  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  are  entitled  to  receive 
cumulative dividends of 5 percent for the first five years and 9 percent thereafter. 

 84 

 
 
 
 
 
Item 9.   
                                DISCLOSURE 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL         

None.  

Item 9A.   

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures 

The Company’s management, including its CEO, CFO,  and Chief Accounting Officer  (“CAO”), evaluated the 
effectiveness  of  the  Company’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  (as  defined  in  Rule  13a-15(e)  under  the 
Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2009. Based upon that evaluation, the Company’s CEO, CFO and CAO each 
concluded that as of December 31, 2009, the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the 
Company effectively maintained disclosure controls and procedures.  

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for 
the  Company.  The  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  a  process  designed  under  the 
supervision of the Company’s CEO, CFO and CAO to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of 
financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for external reporting purposes in 
accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America.  Management  has 
made  a  comprehensive  review,  evaluation  and  assessment  of  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting  as  of  December  31,  2009.  In  making  its  assessment  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting, 
management  used  the  criteria  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway 
Commission  (“COSO”)  in  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework.  Based  on  this  assessment,  management 
believes that, as of December 31, 2009, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective.  In 
accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, management makes the following assertions:  

• 

• 

  Management has implemented a process to monitor and assess both the design and operating effectiveness
of internal control over financial reporting.  

  Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk
that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance
with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.  

The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Grant Thornton LLP, has issued an audit report 
on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009.  This 
Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public  Accounting  Firm  is  included  in  Item  8,  Financial  Statements  and 
Supplementary Data. 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management  of  the  Company  has  evaluated,  with  the  participation  of  the  Company’s  CEO,  CFO,  and  CAO, 
changes  in  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2009.  In 
connection  with  such  evaluation,  the  Company  has  determined  that  there  have  been  no  changes  in  internal 
control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to 
materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.  

Item 9B.   

OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

 85 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

Item 10.  

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE   

(a) Directors and Executive Officers—The information required by this Item regarding directors, nominees and 
executive officers of Bancorp is set forth under the Proxy Statement sections captioned “Proposal 1 – Election of 
Directors,”  “Executive  Officers  of  the  Corporation,”  and  “Board  Committees  -  Audit  Committee,”  which 
sections are incorporated herein by reference.  

(b) Section 16(a) Compliance – The information required by this Item regarding compliance with Section 16(a) 
of  the  Exchange  Act  is  set  forth  under  the  Proxy  Statement  section  captioned  “Section  16(a)  Beneficial 
Ownership Reporting Compliance,” which section is incorporated herein by reference.  

(c) Audit Committee – The information required by the Item regarding Bancorp’s Audit Committee, including 
the  Audit  Committee  Finance  Expert,  is  set  forth  under  the  Proxy  Statement  sections  captioned  “Board 
Committees  -  Audit  Committee”  and  “Board  Committees  -  Audit  Committee  Report,”  which  sections  are 
incorporated by reference.  

(d) Code of Ethics – The information required by the Item regarding codes of ethics is set forth under the Proxy 
Statement section captioned “Code of Business Conduct and Ethics,” which section is incorporated by reference.  

Item 11.  

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION   

The information required by this Item is set forth under the Proxy Statement sections captioned “Compensation 
Discussion  and  Analysis”,  “Grant  of  Plan-Based  Awards”,  “Outstanding  Equity  Awards  at  Fiscal  Year-End”, 
“Option Exercises and Stock Vested”, “ Pension Benefits”, “Nonqualified Deferred Compensation”, “Potential 
Payments  Upon  Termination  or  Change  in  Control”,  “Director  Compensation”,  “Director  Fees  and  Practices”, 
“Board Committees - Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Board Committees - 
Compensation Committee Report,” which sections are incorporated by reference.  

Item 12. 

SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND 
MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS   

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  set  forth  under  the  Proxy  Statement  sections  captioned  “Security 
Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners”  and  “How  Much  Common  Stock  do  our  Directors  and  Executive 
Officers Own?” and in Item 5 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which sections and Item are incorporated 
herein by reference.   

Item 13.  

CERTAIN  RELATIONSHIPS  AND  RELATED  TRANSACTIONS,  AND  DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE   

The information required by this Item is set forth under the Proxy Statement sections captioned “Proposal 1 – 
Election  of  Directors,”  “Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions,”  “Board  Committees” and  “Board 
Committees — Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” which sections are incorporated 
herein by reference.   

Item 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES   

The  information  required  by  this  Item  is  set  forth  under  the  Proxy  Statement  section  captioned  “Proposal  2: 
Ratification of Appointment of Grant Thornton LLP as Our Registered Independent Accounting Firm for 2010,” 
which section is incorporated herein by reference.  

 86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15.    

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

PART IV 

(a)(1)  Financial Statements.  The following financial statements and supplementary data are included in Item 8 
of this report. 

Financial Statements 

Page 

Quarterly Financial Information………………………………………………………. 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm………………....……….. 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008……………………. 

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 
and 2007………………………………………………………………………………. 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity and Comprehensive 
Income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007……………………... 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 
2008 and 2007…………………………………….…………………………………… 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements…………………………………………... 

54 

55 

57 

58 

59 

60 

61 

(a)(2)  Financial Statement Schedules.  All applicable financial statement schedules required under Regulation 
S-X have been included in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

(a)(3)  Exhibits.    The  exhibits  required  by  Item  601  of  Regulation  S-K  are  listed  below.    The  management 
contracts and compensatory plans or arrangements required to be filed as exhibits to this Form 10-K are listed as 
exhibits 10.1 through 10.37 (excluding exhibits 10.30 and 10.35)  in the Exhibit Index. 

(b) The exhibits to the Form 10-K begin on page 94 of this Report. 

(c) See 15(a)(2) above. 

 87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT INDEX 

Exhibit 
No. 

 Description 

3.1 

3.2 

3.3 

4.1 

4.2 

4.3 

4.4 

4.5 

4.6 

4.7 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

Articles of Incorporation, and amendments thereto, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Registration 
Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on May 16, 2001 (SEC File No. 333-61046). 

Articles of Merger of FNB with and into LSB, including amendments to the Articles of Incorporation, as 
amended, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
September 30, 2007, filed with the SEC on November 9, 2007 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Amended and Restated Bylaws adopted by the Board of Directors on August 17, 2004 and amended on July 23, 
2008 (with identified Bylaw approved by the shareholders) incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 of the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, filed with the SEC on May 8, 2009 
(SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Specimen certificate of common stock, $5.00 par value, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2007, filed with the SEC on November 9, 
2007 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Amended and Restated Trust Agreement, regarding Trust Preferred Securities, dated August 23, 2005, 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.02 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 
September 30, 2005, filed with the SEC (SEC File No. 000-13086). 

Guarantee Agreement, regarding Trust Preferred Securities, dated August 23, 2005, incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 4.03 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005, filed 
with the SEC (SEC File No. 000-13086). 

Indenture, regarding Trust Preferred Securities, dated August 23, 2005, incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 4.04 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2005, filed with the 
SEC (SEC File No. 000-13086). 

Articles of Amendment, filed with the North Carolina Department of the Secretary of State on December 12, 
2008, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on 
December 12, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Form of Certificate for the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 12, 2008 (SEC 
File No. 000-11448). 

Warrant for Purchase of Shares of Common Stock issued by Bancorp to the United States Department of the 
Treasury on December 12, 2008, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 12, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Benefit Equivalency Plan of FNB Southeast, effective January 1, 1994 incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-QSB for the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 1995, filed with the 
SEC (SEC File No. 000-13086). 

1994 Director Stock Option Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Registration Statement 
on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on July 15, 1994 (SEC File No. 33-81664). 

1996 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Annual Report on 
Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995 filed with the SEC on March 28, 1996 (SEC File No. 000-
11448). 

 88 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10(B) of the Annual Report 
on Form 10-KSB40 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996, filed with the SEC on March 31, 1997 (SEC 
File No. 000-13086). 

Amendment to Benefit Equivalency Plan of FNB Southeast, effective January 1, 1998., incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, 
filed with the SEC on March 25, 1999 (SEC File No. 000-13086) 

Amendment Number 1 to 1996 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.5 
of the Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed with the SEC on May 16, 2001 (SEC File No. 333-61046). 

Long Term Stock Incentive Plan for certain senior management employees of FNB Southeast incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 
December 31, 2002, filed with the SEC on March 27, 2003 (SEC File No. 000-13086). 

Form of Employment Continuity Agreement effective as of January 1, 2004 between LSB and Robert E. 
Lineback, Jr. and Philip G. Gibson with a Schedule setting forth the material details in which such documents 
differ from the document a copy of which is filed, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the 
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003 filed with the SEC on March 15, 2004 
(SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement for a Director adopted under LSB Comprehensive Equity 
Compensation Plan for Directors and Employees, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 23, 2004 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement for an Employee adopted under LSB Comprehensive 
Equity Compensation Plan for Directors and Employees, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of 
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 23, 2004 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Form of Amendment to the applicable Grant Agreements under the 1996 Omnibus Stock Incentive Plan, 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on 
April 15, 2005 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Form of Amendment to the Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement for an Employee adopted under LSB 
Comprehensive Equity Compensation Plan for Directors and Employees, incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on April 15, 2005 (SEC File No. 000-
11448). 

Restated Form of Director Fee Deferral Agreement adopted under LSB Comprehensive Equity Compensation 
Plan for Directors and Employees, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 23, 2005 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement adopted under LSB Comprehensive Equity 
Compensation Plan for Directors and Employees, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 23, 2005 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

FNB Amended and Restated Directors Retirement Policy, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of 
the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on August 3, 2007 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Amendment to the FNB Directors and Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan Trust Agreement 
among Regions Bank d/b/a/ Regions Morgan Keegan Trust, FNB Southeast and FNB, dated July 31, 2007, 
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on 
August 3, 2007 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Employment and Change of Control Agreement with William W. Budd, Jr. incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 99.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 11, 2010 (SEC File No. 000-
11448). 

 89 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

10.21 

10.22 

10.23 

10.24 

10.25 

10.26 

10.27 

10.28 

10.29 

10.30 

10.31 

Employment and Change of Control Agreement with Jerry W. Beasley, incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 99.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 14, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-
11448). 

Employment and Change of Control Agreement with Robin S. Hager, incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 99.4 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 14, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-
11448). 

Employment and Change of Control Agreement with Paul McCombie, incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 99.5 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 14, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-
11448). 

Employment and Change of Control Agreement with George Richard Webster, incorporated herein by 
reference to Exhibit 99.6 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 14, 2008 (SEC File 
No. 000-11448). 

Directors and Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan Trust Agreement between FNB Southeast and 
Morgan Trust Company, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.7 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, 
filed with the SEC on March 14, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Second Amendment to the Directors and Senior Management Deferred Compensation Plan and Directors 
Retirement Policy Trust Agreement among Regions bank d/b/a/ Regions Morgan Keegan Trust, Bancorp and 
the Bank, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.8 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the 
SEC on March 14, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Bancorp Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Senior Management, incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 99.9 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 14, 2008 
(SEC File No. 000-11448). 

First Amendment to the Bancorp Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Senior 
Management, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.10 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with 
the SEC on March 14, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Bancorp Amended and Restated Long Term Stock Incentive Plan, formerly the “FNB Long Term Stock 
Incentive Plan” (the “2006 Omnibus Plan”), incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 of the Quarterly 
Report on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 9, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Amended and Restated Comprehensive Equity Compensation Plan for Directors and Employees, incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.44 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on August 11, 
2008 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement adopted under the Amended and Restated Comprehensive Equity 
Compensation Plan for Directors and Employees, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.45 of the 
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on August 11, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Employment and Change of Control Agreement with David P. Barksdale, incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 99.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 17, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-
11448). 

Letter Agreement, dated December 12, 2008, between Bancorp and the United States Department of the 
Treasury, with respect to the issuance and sale of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, 
Series A and the Warrant, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K 
filed with the SEC on December 12, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Form of Employment Agreement Amendment, dated December 12, 2008 among Bancorp, the Bank and the 
senior executive officers of Bancorp, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on 
Form 8-K filed with the SEC on December 12, 2008 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

 90 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
10.32 

10.33 

10.34 

10.35 

10.36 

10.37 

Bancorp Management Incentive Plan, dated February 18, 2008, incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 99.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 6, 2009 (SEC File No. 000-
11448). 

Employment and Change of Control Agreement with Ramsey K. Hamadi, incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 99.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 30, 2009 (SEC File No. 000-
11448). 

Promissory Note by Ramsey K. Hamadi in favor of the Bank incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 
of the Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April 21, 2009 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Excessive and Luxury Expenditure Policy of Bancorp and the Bank, incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 99.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 9, 2009 (SEC File No. 000-
11448). 

Employment and Change of Control Agreement among Bancorp, the Bank and Pressley A. Ridgill, executed 
September 9, 2009, and effective January 1, 2010, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 11, 2009 (SEC File No. 000-11448). 

Form of Amendment to Employment and Change of Control Agreement, dated September 16, 2009, among 
Bancorp, the Bank and the senior executive officers of Bancorp, incorporated herein by reference to 
Exhibit 99.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 16, 2009 (SEC File No. 000-
11448). 

21.01 

Schedule of Subsidiaries 

23.01 

Consent of Grant Thornton LLP 

31.01 

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

31.02 

Certification Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.01 

Certifications Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

99.01 

99.02 

Certification Pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended by the American 
Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. 

Certification Pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, as amended by the American 
Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009. 

 91 

 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has 
duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

NEWBRIDGE BANCORP 

Date: 

   March 17, 2010 

By: /s/ PRESSLEY A. RIDGILL 
      Pressley A. Ridgill,  
      President and Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the 
following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Capacity 

Date 

/s/ PRESSLEY A. RIDGILL 
Pressley A. Ridgill 

President, Chief Executive Officer, Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

March 17, 2010 

/s/ RAMSEY K. HAMADI 
Ramsey K. Hamadi 

/s/ RICHARD M. COBB 
Richard M. Cobb 

/s/ MICHAEL S. ALBERT 
Michael S. Albert 

/s/ BARRY Z. DODSON 
Barry Z. Dodson 

/s/ J. DAVID BRANCH 
J. David Branch 

/s/ C. ARNOLD BRITT 
C. Arnold Britt 

/s/ ROBERT C. CLARK 
Robert C. Clark 

/s/ ALEX A. DIFFEY, JR. 
Alex A. Diffey, Jr. 

/s/ JOSEPH H. KINNARNEY 
Joseph H. Kinnarney 

/s/ ROBERT F. LOWE 
Robert F. Lowe 

Executive Vice President, Chief Financial 
Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting 
Officer, Controller 
(Principal Accounting Officer) 

March 17, 2010 

March 17, 2010 

Chairman of the Board 

March 17, 2010 

Vice Chairman of the Board 

March 17, 2010 

March 17, 2010 

March 17, 2010 

March 17, 2010 

March 17, 2010 

March 17, 2010 

March 17, 2010 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

 92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Signature 

Capacity 

Date 

/s/ ROBERT V. PERKINS, II 
Robert V. Perkins, II 

/s/ MARY E. RITTLING 
Mary E. Rittling 

/s/ BURR W. SULLIVAN 
Burr W. Sullivan 

/s/ E. REID TEAGUE 
E. Reid Teague 

/s/ ELIZABETH S. WARD 
Elizabeth S. Ward 

/s/ JOHN F. WATTS 
John F. Watts 

/s/ G. ALFRED WEBSTER 
G. Alfred Webster 

/s/ KENAN C. WRIGHT 
Kenan C. Wright 

/s/ JULIUS S. YOUNG, JR. 
Julius S. Young, Jr. 

March 17, 2010 

March 17, 2010 

March 17, 2010 

March 17, 2010 

March 17, 2010 

March 17, 2010 

March 17, 2010 

March 17, 2010 

March 17, 2010 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

 93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Intentionally left blank

Intentionally left blank

Intentionally left blank

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Michael S. Albert
Chairman, NewBridge Bancorp and NewBridge Bank; 
partner of Entrepreneurial Resources of NC, LLC.

Barry Z. Dodson
Vice Chairman, NewBridge Bancorp and NewBridge 
Bank; certified public accountant and owner of
Barry Z. Dodson, CPA, PLLC.

Pressley A. Ridgill 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director, 
NewBridge Bancorp and NewBridge Bank.

J. David Branch 
Ophthalmologist in private practice.

C. Arnold Britt 
President and owner, Carolina Apothecary, Inc., 
Belmont Pharmacy, Inc. and RxCare, Inc.  

Robert C. Clark 
President and owner, FTS/Leesona Corporation, a 
manufacturer and distributor of industrial winding 
equipment; member,  Winston-Salem City Council.

Alex A. Diffey, Jr. 
Independent banking consultant.

Joseph H. Kinnarney 
Doctor of Veterinary Medicine; President and owner 
of Reidsville Veterinary Hospital, Inc., Bel-Air 
Veterinary Hospital, Mebane Veterinary Hospital, 
Greensboro Pet Spa & Resort, Inc. and Carolina 
Equine Hospital.

Robert F. Lowe 
Former Chairman of NewBridge Bancorp and 
NewBridge Bank; retired executive of 
NewBridge Bancorp and NewBridge Bank.

Robert V. Perkins 
President and co-owner of NAI Piedmont Triad, 
a commercial real estate services firm; member, 
Greensboro City Council.

Mary E. Rittling 
President, Davidson County Community College.

Burr W. Sullivan
President and CEO of the Lexington Area Chamber 
of Commerce.

E. Reid Teague 
President and owner, Eden Oil Co., Inc.

Elizabeth S. Ward
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, 
Wellmont Health System.

John F. Watts 
Owner, Watts Realty, a North Carolina
Limited Partnership.

G. Alfred Webster 
Director and Chair of the Executive
Committee, Unifi, Inc; retired Executive Vice
President, Unifi, Inc.

Kenan C. Wright 
President, The Wright Co. of N.C., Inc., a general 
contracting firm.

Julius S. Young, Jr. 
President, Jay Young Management, Inc., an asset
management firm.

ExECuTIVE MANAGEMENT TEAM

Pressley A. Ridgill 
President and Chief Executive Officer, 
NewBridge Bancorp and NewBridge Bank.

Angelika I. Gambetta
Vice President and Corporate Secretary, 
NewBridge Bancorp and NewBridge Bank.

David P. Barksdale
Executive Vice President and Chief Banking Officer, 
NewBridge Bank.

Robin S. Hager
Executive Vice President and Chief Resource Officer, 
NewBridge Bank.

William W. Budd, Jr.
Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer, 
NewBridge Bank.

Ramsey K. Hamadi
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, 
NewBridge Bancorp and NewBridge Bank.

CORPORATE INFORMATION

ABOUT THE COMPANY
NewBridge Bancorp is the parent company of
NewBridge Bank*, which is a full service state
chartered community bank with headquarters in 
Greensboro, North Carolina.

CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS
NewBridge Bancorp
1501 Highwoods Boulevard
Suite 400
Greensboro, NC 27410

STOCK LISTING
NewBridge Bancorp common stock trades on the 
NASDAQ Global Select Market under the ticker 
symbol NBBC.

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.
P.O. Box 43078
Providence, RI  02940-3078
(800) 633 – 4236
www.computershare.com/investor

Inquiries related to stock transfers, address or 
registration changes and lost certificates should be
directed to Computershare.

INVESTOR RELATIONS CONTACT
Angelika I. Gambetta
Vice President and Corporate Secretary
NewBridge Bancorp
1501 Highwoods Boulevard 
Suite 400
Greensboro, NC 27410
(336) 369 – 0905
angelika.gambetta@newbridgebank.com 

MORE INFORMATION
Press releases, SEC filings, quarterly financial results and information about the Company’s products and services  can be
accessed through its website at www.newbridgebank.com.  Additional information about the Company is available online
on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Harrisonburg

VA

NC

Stokes County

Rockingham County

Forsyth County

Greensboro

Davidson County

Alamance County

Guilford County

Randolph County

As of March 22, 2010, 
NewBridge Bank has 33
banking offices in the 
Piedmont Triad region of 
North Carolina, the
Wilmington, NC area 
and Harrisonburg, VA.

Pender County

New Hanover 
County

Corporate Headquarters

*

Many thanks to all of our dedicated professionals*

Karen Adkins 
Kim  Allen
Margot  Allman
Kofi Amadi
Chris Andrews 
Cathy Atkins
Melissa Atkins
Ken Banner
Ben Barbee
Ed Barber
Pat Barker
David Barksdale
Scott Barney
Vickie Barnhardt
Edgar Barrientos
Mindy Batchelor
Jennifer Bates
Amy  Battle
Pattie Bayliff
Jerry Beasley
Dee Beck
Kent Beck
Wassila Bedja
Bonnie Belaj
Sonya Belcher
Angela Bell
Samantha Benfield
Darlene Bennett
Cathy Berrier
Coretta Bigelow
Wendi Binkley
Ben Bishop
Stephanie Blair
Judy Blake
Samantha Blankenship
Richard Bobay
Pam Boles
Tammy Bowles
Deric Brady
Crystal Bragg
Stephanie Breeden
Ginger Bridges
Pattie Brinkle
Jason Brooks
Eugene Broome
Amy Brown
Kellie Brown
Melinda Brown
Rosetta Brown
Sabrina Brown
Tammy Brown
Tatia Brown
John Bruggman
Wes Budd
Susan Buffkin
Randall Bullin
Danielle Burgess
Susan Burke
Morgan Bush
Rick Byrd
Janet Call
Amanda Callahan
Sara Camp
Theresa Campbell
Lisa Carpenter
Candi Carter
BJ Case
Leslie Cash
April Cassidy
Sharon Caudle
Robin Cecil
Keith Chalmers
Jeff Chandler
Carolyn Charette
Aubrey Chatham
Sandra Chilcote
Traci Chisholm

Frank Chorpenning
Lisa Christensen
Barbara Clarke
Michelle Clarke
Jane Clodfelter
Dick Cobb
Karen Coe
Carol Columbus
Jeff Cook
Kim Cook
Sheila Cooper
Donna Cope
Sue Cowan
Crystal Cox
Donna Craigg
John Cranor
Vickie Craun
Lynn Creech
Chris Crockett
Tara Cruise
Cora Cunningham
Tracy Cupp
Nan Dagenhardt
Cecil Dalton
Holly Daniels
Jenna Daniels
Teresa Darnell
Angel Davis
Catherine Davis
Chad Davis
Kyle Ann Davis-Dunn
Jesse Dehass
Stephanie Dejournette
Angela Dixon
Shannon Donathan
Lori Doremus
Holly Dorton
Helen Doss
Diana Dotson
Liz Dunican
Nicole Dunn
Patricia Dunning
Debbie Durham
Kristen Durham
Linda Durham
Donna Durrett
Paul Edmond
Lauren Edmonds
Derek Edwards
Alan Efting
Beth Eller
JJ Elliott
Pam Ellis
Grant Emrick
Chris England
Christine England
Angela English
Mindy Engstrom
Francise Estes
Lakeisha Estes
Tim Evans
Clay Everett
Amy Everhart
Heidi Everhart
Angel Ezzell
Natalie Faircloth
Cangie Farlow
Bailey Finney
Dana Fisher
Oneita Flanegin
Shaylen Foust
Lynn Fowler
Debra Frank
Terry Freeman
Whitney Freeman
Shirley French
Julie Frey

Julie Fricault
Pat Fritts
Jessica Frye
Linda Fulk
Angelika Gambetta
Holly Gammons
Sherry Garrett
Tanya Gatewood
Erica Gibson
Jillian Gibson
Rebecca Gibson
Brittany Ginn
Greg Godsey
Chris Grady
Philip Grande
Eve Green
Serelyn Green
Melissa Gregory
Brenda Griffin
Mona Griffin
Dorothy Griffith
Shirley Gross
Kathy Habermeyer
Robin Hager
Natalie Haire
Larry Hall
Ramsey Hamadi
Cheryl Hancock
Sheila Handy
Dee Harden
DeeDee Harper
Donna Harper
Andrea Harris
Matthew Harris
Tiffany Harris
Monica Harron
Betty Hartman
Robin Hartman
Connie Hathaway
Barbara Hayes
Matt Hearn
Heidi Heath
Amber Hedrick
Ashley Hedrick
Nissa Hegler
Donna Hench
Mike Hendricks
Jeffrey Hendrix
Sara Hensley
Chassidy Hepler
Chad Hester
Danyelle Hickinbotham
Donna Hill
Holly Hill
Kelli Hill
Shaun Hill
Glenda Hobbs
Nathan Hockersmith
Deann Holmes
Debra Holmes
Alane Holste
Courtney Holt
Deborah Honeycutt
Robin Horn
Jerry Hudson
Bill Hudson
Rhonda Huffman
Tonya Hull
Gladys Hunt
Landa Hunt
Carrie Hutchens
Christy Hutchens
Jay Hutchens
Tony Hyde
Katrina Jackson
Buzz Jackson
Cathy James

Terry Jankosky
Brandon Johnson
Mark Johnson
Lesa Johnston
JoAnn Jordan
Betty Joyce
Tiffany Junious
Dora Kanoy
Elizabeth Kearns
Lynn Kelley
Lacy Kennedy
Maxine Kennedy
Mike Kidd
David Kilpatrick
Wayne Kimbrell
Cynthia Kistler
Gene Klump
John Knox
John Kolessar
Joretta Koontz
Bill Kosin
Irene Kyere
Carl Labonge
Sheryl Lambeth
Alex Lane
Missy Langley
Michelle Langley
Anna Lanier
Nathaniel Lanier
Irene Law
Amanda Laws
Melanie Laws
Bukra Lazimi
Linda Lee
Matt Leggett
Kelly Lemons
Jerrie Leonard
Jessica Leonard
Tracy Leonard
Brian Lewis
Tanya Lewis
Sharon Lindsey
Cynthia Lindsley
Robert Lineback
Toni Linker
Liz Livingston
Courtney Lollis
Cassandra Loman
Alan Lomax
Leslie Long
Janell Lynch
Margaret Maddox
Heather Majors
Ryan Marks
Cindy Martin
Jennifer Martin
Kamelda Martin
Steve Martin
Sterlin Martin
Amanda Martino
Courtney Martiny
Terri Maxcy
Tracy May
Wendy Mayfield
Linda Maynard
Joel Maynor
Aundria McCandies
Jackie McClanahan
Nancy McCollum
Paul McCombie
John W McDaniel
Andy McDowell
Deborah McDuffie
Jason McGath
Meg McGee
Jo Marie McKinney
Katie Mecum

*Includes full-time and part-time employees

Randy Mercer
Suzanne Michael
Savanah Mick
Chris Mickey
Isaac Miller
Erin Miller
Michael Miller
Rebecca Miller
Ward Miller
Laverne Miner
Missy Minor
Sherri Mize
Tina Montgomery
Janet Mooney
Deborah Moore
Janice Moore
Deborah Morris
Ruby Morris
Eric Morrison
Bud Munnelly
Julie Murr
Christy Musgrave
Patty Myers
Jeff Nadzak
Amy Nance
Tom Nance
Suzanne Nazim
Keith Neely
Dianne Nelson
Lynn Nelson
Tonya Nelson
Ann New
Kathy Newbold
Lois Nichols
Cindy Norman
Cyenthia Ree Nunn
Karen Oddon
Stacy Oldham
Jed Orman
Beth Orman
Kevin Ott
Debbie Overby
Steve Owen
Janet Pagans
Doug Page
Alexi Pappas
Yates Parker
Justin Parker
Ed Parrish
Ginger Patterson
Merriett Payne
Tammy Peace
Melanie Pearman
Cindy Pearson
Jeff Peeler
Michelle Pennington-
Walker
Jo Peoples
Debbie Pepper
Andy Perryman
Susette Pfannes
Evalyn Pheysey
Felita Phipps
Andrea Pierce
Glenda Pierce
Connie Piner
Debbie Pitts
Ashley Poirier
Sarah Poling
Danielle Michelle Pool
Rhonda Potter
Eddie Potts
Ked Powell
Richard Landis Powell
Tammy Pressley
Nicholas Priddy
Tammi Privott

Gail Proctor
Leon Pruzan
Shirley Putnam
Judy Queen
Jim Raby
Angelia Ragin
Dava Rayle
Lisa Reaser
Larry Reddick 
Susan Reece
Tammy Reid
Bertha Reyes
Ginger Richardson
Pressley Ridgill
Judy Rinere
Kristen Rives
Brooks Roach
Hall Roberts
Janet Roberts
Amy Robinson
Ashley Roe
Lee Rogers
Pam Rose
Amber Roseberry
Donna Rushin
Jennifer Russell
Wendy Russell
Kristin Salimeno
Elaine Salmons
Angela Sams
Melissa Sands
Pattie Satterfield
Kellie Saum
Helen Scales
Yvette Scales
Pic Schrum
Melissa Schwartz
Teena Scott
Bryanne Scyphers
Cheryl Searles
Mary Beth Segars
Tammy Sharpe
Mitzi Sharron
Robert A. Shaw
Lisa Shawver
Annita Shivdyal
Jennifer Shore
Marilyn Silk
Tom Simms
Don Singleton
Christy Sink
Gerald Sink
Lisa Sink
Ron Sink
Zachary Sink
Charles Skara
Sandra Slade
Sheila Slaydon
Nicole Small
Angie Smith
Arthur Smith
Candy Smith
Jamie Smith
Jessica Smith
Lenny Smith
Lisa Smith
Marcus Smith
Melissa Smith
Nancy Catherine Smith
Nikki Smith
Pat Smith
Rita S. Smith
Stan Smith
Steve Smith
Wendy Smith
William F. Smith
Pete Snider

Heather Southers
Randy Spivey
Lynne Stallings
Jennie Still
Dana Stout
Jamie Stowe
Deana Strader
Ember Styers
Ashleigh Clark Sumlin
James Taylor
Tammy Teeple
Sandy Thomas
Allison Thomason
Tamika Thompson
Thom Thompson
Christine Thornburg
Aimee  Tilley
Karen Tilley
Erica Tobin
Carlene Toler
Marcia Trantham
Jennifer Trent
Amber Tritt
Amber Trotter
Becky Tucker
Sandra Turner
Lisa Tussey
Donna Tuttle
Pam Tuttle
Angie Tysinger
Bernice Tysinger
Kristen Tysinger
Jill  Vale
Laura Varner 
Stuart Vaughn
Melissa Walds
Melissa Walker
Stacy Walker
Judy Wall
Joe Wallace
Robert Walser
Rodney Walser
Ann Warren
Tammy Warren
Vickie Washburn
Warren Watts
Jennifer Weavil
Rick Webster
Kim Wehrle
Marshan Weifenbach
Jennifer Welch
Marsha Wells
Grayson Whitt
Julie Whitt
Ellen Wigington
Cathy Wilkerson
Dax Williamson
Dana Wilmouth
Angela Wilson
April Wilson
Belinda Wilson
Martha Wilson
Michelle Wilson
Katie Wittke
Judy Womble
Melinda Wood
Heidi Woody
Shannon Wright
Patrick Wynn
Kaitlan Yale
Jan Yates
Melissa Yates
Tammy Young
Tracy Younts

NewBridge Bancorp

1501 Highwoods Boulevard, Suite 400
Greensboro, NC 27410
(336) 369-0900
www.newbridgebank.com